1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 
44 using namespace clang;
45 using namespace sema;
46 
47 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
48                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
49   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
50                                Context.getTargetInfo());
51 }
52 
53 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
54 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
55 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
56   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
57   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
58 
59   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
60     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
61         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
62         << call->getSourceRange();
63 
64   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
65   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
66                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
67 
68   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
69     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
70     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
71 }
72 
73 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
74 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
75 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
76   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
77     return true;
78 
79   // First argument should be an integer.
80   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
81   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
82   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
83     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
84       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
85     return true;
86   }
87 
88   // Second argument should be a constant string.
89   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
90   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
91   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
92     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
93       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
94     return true;
95   }
96 
97   TheCall->setType(Ty);
98   return false;
99 }
100 
101 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
102 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
103 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
104   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
105     return true;
106 
107   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
108   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
109   if (ResultType.isNull())
110     return true;
111 
112   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
113   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
114   return false;
115 }
116 
117 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
118   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
119     return true;
120 
121   // First two arguments should be integers.
122   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
123     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
124     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
125     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
126       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
127           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
128       return true;
129     }
130   }
131 
132   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
133   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
134   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
135   {
136     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
137     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
138     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
139     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
140           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
141       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
142           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
143       return true;
144     }
145   }
146 
147   return false;
148 }
149 
150 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
151 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
152                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
153   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
154       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
155     return;
156 
157   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
158   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
159 
160   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
161 
162   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
163   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
164       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
165     return;
166 
167   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
168     return;
169 
170   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
171   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
172   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
173   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
174 
175   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
176 }
177 
178 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
179   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
180     return true;
181 
182   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
183   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
184   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
185   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
186 
187   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
188     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
189         << Call->getSourceRange();
190     return true;
191   }
192 
193   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
194   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
195     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
196         << Call->getSourceRange();
197     return true;
198   }
199 
200   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
201   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
202     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
203       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
204           << Call->getSourceRange();
205       return true;
206     }
207 
208   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
209     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
210         << Call->getSourceRange();
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
215   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
216     return true;
217   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
218     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
219         << Chain->getSourceRange();
220     return true;
221   }
222 
223   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
224   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
225   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
226       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
227   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
228 
229   Builtin =
230       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
231 
232   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
233   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
234   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
236   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
237 
238   return false;
239 }
240 
241 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
242                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
243                                      unsigned DiagID) {
244   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
245   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
246   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
247   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
248     return false;
249 
250   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
251   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
252     S = S->getParent();
253   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
254     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
255     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
256         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
257     return true;
258   }
259 
260   return false;
261 }
262 
263 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
264   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
265 }
266 
267 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
268 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
269 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
270   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
271       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
272   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
273       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
274   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
275   bool IllegalParams = false;
276   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
277   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
278   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
279        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
280     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
281         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
282             LangAS::opencl_local) {
283       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
284       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
285       // else we just point to the variable reference.
286       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
287       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
288         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
289         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
290       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
291         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
292       }
293       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
294              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
295       IllegalParams = true;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   return IllegalParams;
300 }
301 
302 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
303 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
304 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
305 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
306   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
307     return true;
308 
309   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
310   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
311     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
312            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type) << "block";
313     return true;
314   }
315   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
316 }
317 
318 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
319                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End);
320 
321 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
322 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
323 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
324                                            Expr *BlockArg,
325                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
326   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
327       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
328   unsigned NumBlockParams =
329       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
330   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
331 
332   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
333   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
334   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
335     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
336            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
337     return true;
338   }
339 
340   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
341   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
342                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
343 }
344 
345 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
346 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
347 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
348 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
349 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
350 ///                    void (^block)(void))
351 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
352 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
353 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
354 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
355 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
356 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
357 ///                    void (^block)(void))
358 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
359 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
360 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
361 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
362 ///                    uint size0, ...)
363 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
364 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
365 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
366 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
367 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
368 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
369 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
370 ///                    uint size0, ...)
371 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
372   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
373 
374   if (NumArgs < 4) {
375     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
376     return true;
377   }
378 
379   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
380   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
381   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
382   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
383 
384   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
385   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
386     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
387            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
388         << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
389     return true;
390   }
391 
392   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
393   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
394     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
395            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
396         << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
397     return true;
398   }
399 
400   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
401   if (!Arg2->getType()->isNDRangeT()) {
402     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
403            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
404         << S.Context.OCLNDRangeTy;
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
409   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
410   if (NumArgs == 4) {
411     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
412     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
413       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
414           << "block";
415       return true;
416     }
417     // we have a block type, check the prototype
418     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
419         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
420     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
421       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
422              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
423       return true;
424     }
425     return false;
426   }
427   // we can have block + varargs.
428   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
429     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
430             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
431   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
432   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
433     // check common block argument.
434     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
435     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
436       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
437           << "block";
438       return true;
439     }
440     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
441       return true;
442 
443     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
444     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
445       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
446              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
447           << "integer";
448       return true;
449     }
450     // check remaining common arguments.
451     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
452     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
453 
454     // Fith argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
455     if (!Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
456       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
457              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
458           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
459       return true;
460     }
461 
462     // Sixth argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
463     if (!(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
464           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
465       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
466              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
467           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
468       return true;
469     }
470 
471     if (NumArgs == 7)
472       return false;
473 
474     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
475   }
476 
477   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
478   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
479          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
480   return true;
481 }
482 
483 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
484 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
485     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
486 }
487 
488 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
489 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
490   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
491   // First argument type should always be pipe.
492   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
493     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
494         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
495     return true;
496   }
497   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
498       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
499   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
500   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
501   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
502   // specified.
503   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
504   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
505   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
506   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
507   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
508   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
509   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
510   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
511     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
512       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
513              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
514           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
515       return true;
516     }
517     break;
518   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
519   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
520   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
521   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
522   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
523   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
524   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
525     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
526       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
527              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
528           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
529       return true;
530     }
531     break;
532   default:
533     break;
534   }
535   return false;
536 }
537 
538 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
539 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
540   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
541   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
542   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
543   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
544   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
545   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
546   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
547   if (!ArgTy ||
548       !S.Context.hasSameType(
549           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
550     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
551         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
552         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
553     return true;
554   }
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
559 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
560 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
561 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
562 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
563   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
564   // functions have two forms.
565   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
566   case 2: {
567     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
568       return true;
569     // The call with 2 arguments should be
570     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
571     // Check packet type T.
572     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
573       return true;
574   } break;
575 
576   case 4: {
577     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
578       return true;
579     // The call with 4 arguments should be
580     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
581     // Check reserve_id_t.
582     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
583       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
584           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
585           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
586       return true;
587     }
588 
589     // Check the index.
590     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
591     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
592         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
593       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
594           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
595           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
596       return true;
597     }
598 
599     // Check packet type T.
600     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
601       return true;
602   } break;
603   default:
604     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
605         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608 
609   return false;
610 }
611 
612 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
613 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
614 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
615 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
616 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
617 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
618   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
619     return true;
620 
621   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
622     return true;
623 
624   // Check the reserve size.
625   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
626       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
627     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
628         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
629         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
630     return true;
631   }
632 
633   return false;
634 }
635 
636 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
637 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
638 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
639 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
640 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
641 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
642   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
643     return true;
644 
645   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
646     return true;
647 
648   // Check reserve_id_t.
649   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
650     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
651         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
652         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
653     return true;
654   }
655 
656   return false;
657 }
658 
659 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
660 //        Query Functions.
661 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
662 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
663 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
664 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
665   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
666     return true;
667 
668   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
669     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
670         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
671     return true;
672   }
673 
674   return false;
675 }
676 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
677 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
678 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
679 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
680 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
681 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
682 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
683                                     CallExpr *Call) {
684   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
685     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
686         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
687     return true;
688   }
689 
690   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
691   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
692       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
693     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
694         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
695     return true;
696   }
697 
698   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
699   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
700   switch (BuiltinID) {
701   case Builtin::BIto_global:
702     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
703     break;
704   case Builtin::BIto_local:
705     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
706     break;
707   default:
708     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
709   }
710   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
711       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 ExprResult
717 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
718                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
719   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
720 
721   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
722   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
723   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
724   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
725   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
726     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
727 
728   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
729   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
730     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
731     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
732 
733     llvm::APSInt Result;
734     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
735       return true;
736     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
737   }
738 
739   switch (BuiltinID) {
740   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
741     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
742            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
743     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
744       return ExprError();
745     break;
746   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
747   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
748     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
749       return ExprError();
750     break;
751   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
752     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
753     case llvm::Triple::arm:
754     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
755       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
756         return ExprError();
757       break;
758     default:
759       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
760         return ExprError();
761       break;
762     }
763     break;
764   }
765   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
766   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
767   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
768   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
770   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
771     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
772       return ExprError();
773     break;
774   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
775     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
776       return ExprError();
777     break;
778   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
779   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
780   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
781   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
782   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
783     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
784       return ExprError();
785     break;
786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
787     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
788     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
789     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
790   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
791     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
792       return ExprError();
793     break;
794   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align:
795     if (SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(TheCall))
796       return ExprError();
797     break;
798   case Builtin::BI__assume:
799   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
800     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
801       return ExprError();
802     break;
803   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
804     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
805       return ExprError();
806     break;
807   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
808     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
812     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
813       return ExprError();
814     break;
815   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
816     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
817       return ExprError();
818     break;
819   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
820   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
821     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
822       return true;
823     break;
824 
825   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
826     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
827     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
828     break;
829   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
830     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
831     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
832     break;
833   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
834   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
835   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
836   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
843   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
844   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
845   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
852   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
853   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
854   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
861   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
862   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
863   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
865   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
866   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
867   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
868   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
869   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
870   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
871   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
872   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
873   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
874   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
875   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
876   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
877   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
878   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
879   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
880   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
881   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
882   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
883   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
884   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
885   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
886   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
931   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
932   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
933   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
934   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
935     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
936   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
937   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
938     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
939 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
940 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
941   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
942     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
943 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
944   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
945     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
946       return ExprError();
947     break;
948   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
949     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
950       return ExprError();
951     break;
952   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
953   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
954   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
955     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
956       return ExprError();
957     break;
958   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
959   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
960     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
961       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
962         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
963                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
964                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
965         << "C++";
966       return ExprError();
967     }
968     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
969     // so ensure that they are declared.
970     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
971     break;
972 
973   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
974   // are detectable at compile time
975   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
976   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
977   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
978   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
979   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
980   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
981   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
982   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
983     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
984     break;
985   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
986     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
987     break;
988   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
989   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
990     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
991     break;
992   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
993     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
994       return ExprError();
995     break;
996   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
997   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
998     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
999                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
1000       return ExprError();
1001     break;
1002   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
1003   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1004     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1005                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1006       return ExprError();
1007     break;
1008   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1009     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1010       return ExprError();
1011 
1012     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1013             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1014             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1015             TheCall))
1016       return ExprError();
1017 
1018     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1019     break;
1020   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1021   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1022   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1023     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1024     // check for the argument.
1025     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1026       return ExprError();
1027     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1028     break;
1029   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1030   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1031   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1032   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1033   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1034   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1035     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1036       return ExprError();
1037     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1038     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1039     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1040     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1041     break;
1042   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1043   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1044   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1045   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1046   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1047   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1048     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1049       return ExprError();
1050     break;
1051   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1052   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1053     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1054       return ExprError();
1055     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1056     break;
1057   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1058   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1059   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1060     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1061       return ExprError();
1062     break;
1063   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1064   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1065     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1066       return ExprError();
1067     break;
1068   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1069   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1070     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1071       return ExprError();
1072     break;
1073   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
1074   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
1075     if (SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall)) {
1076       return ExprError();
1077     }
1078     break;
1079   }
1080 
1081   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1082   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1083   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1084     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1085       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1086       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1087       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1088       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1089         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1090           return ExprError();
1091         break;
1092       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1093       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1094         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1095           return ExprError();
1096         break;
1097       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1098       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1099       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1100       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1101         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1102           return ExprError();
1103         break;
1104       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1105         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1106           return ExprError();
1107         break;
1108       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1109       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1110         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1111           return ExprError();
1112         break;
1113       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1114       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1115       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1116         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1117           return ExprError();
1118         break;
1119       default:
1120         break;
1121     }
1122   }
1123 
1124   return TheCallResult;
1125 }
1126 
1127 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1128 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1129   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1130   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1131   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1132   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1133   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1134     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1135   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1136   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1137     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1138   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1139     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1140   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1141   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1142     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1143   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1144     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1145   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1146     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1147     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1148   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1149     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1150     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1151   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1152     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1153     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1154   }
1155   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1156 }
1157 
1158 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1159 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1160 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1161 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1162                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1163   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1164   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1165     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1166   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1167     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1168   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1169     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1170   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1171     if (IsInt64Long)
1172       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1173     else
1174       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1175                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1176   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1177     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1178   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1179     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1180   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1181     if (IsInt64Long)
1182       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1183     else
1184       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1185   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1186     break;
1187   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1188     return Context.HalfTy;
1189   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1190     return Context.FloatTy;
1191   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1192     return Context.DoubleTy;
1193   }
1194   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1195 }
1196 
1197 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1198   llvm::APSInt Result;
1199   uint64_t mask = 0;
1200   unsigned TV = 0;
1201   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1202   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1203   switch (BuiltinID) {
1204 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1205 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1206 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1207   }
1208 
1209   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1210   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1211   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1212   if (mask) {
1213     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1214       return true;
1215 
1216     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1217     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1218       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1219         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1220   }
1221 
1222   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1223     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1224     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1225     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1226       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1227     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1228     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1229 
1230     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1231     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
1232     bool IsInt64Long =
1233         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1234     QualType EltTy =
1235         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1236     if (HasConstPtr)
1237       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1238     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1239     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1240     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1241     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1242       return true;
1243     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1244                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1245       return true;
1246   }
1247 
1248   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1249   // instruction, range check them here.
1250   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1251   switch (BuiltinID) {
1252   default:
1253     return false;
1254 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1255 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1256 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1257   }
1258 
1259   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1260 }
1261 
1262 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1263                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1264   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1265           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1266           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1267           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1268           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1269           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1270           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1271           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1272          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1273   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1274                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1275                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1276                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1277 
1278   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1279 
1280   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1281   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1282     return true;
1283 
1284   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1285   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1286   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1287   // casts here.
1288   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1289   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1290   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1291     return true;
1292   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1293 
1294   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1295   if (!pointerType) {
1296     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1297       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1298     return true;
1299   }
1300 
1301   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1302   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1303   // what the appropriate type is.
1304   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1305   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1306   if (IsLdrex)
1307     AddrType.addConst();
1308 
1309   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1310   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1311   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1312     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1313     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1314       << PointerArg->getType()
1315       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1316       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1317   }
1318 
1319   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1320   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1321   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1322   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1323     return true;
1324   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1325 
1326   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1327 
1328   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1329   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1330       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1331     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1332       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1333     return true;
1334   }
1335 
1336   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1337   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1338     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1339     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1340       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1341     return true;
1342   }
1343 
1344   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1345   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1346   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1347     // okay
1348     break;
1349 
1350   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1351   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1352   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1353     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1354       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1355     return true;
1356   }
1357 
1358   if (IsLdrex) {
1359     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1360     return false;
1361   }
1362 
1363   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1364   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1365   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1366       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1367   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1368   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1369     return true;
1370   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1371 
1372   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1373   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1374   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1375   return false;
1376 }
1377 
1378 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1379   llvm::APSInt Result;
1380 
1381   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1382       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1383       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1384       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1385     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1386   }
1387 
1388   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1389     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1390       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1391   }
1392 
1393   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1394       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1395     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1396 
1397   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1398       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1399       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1400       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1401     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1402 
1403   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1404     return true;
1405 
1406   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1407   // range check them here.
1408   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1409   switch (BuiltinID) {
1410   default: return false;
1411   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1412   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1413   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1414   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1415   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1416   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1417   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1418   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1419   }
1420 
1421   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1422   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1423 }
1424 
1425 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1426                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1427   llvm::APSInt Result;
1428 
1429   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1430       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1431       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1432       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1433     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1434   }
1435 
1436   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1437     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1438       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1439       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1440       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1441   }
1442 
1443   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1444       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1445     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1446 
1447   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1448       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1449       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1450       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1451     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1452 
1453   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1454     return true;
1455 
1456   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1457   // range check them here.
1458   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1459   switch (BuiltinID) {
1460   default: return false;
1461   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1462   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1463   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1464   }
1465 
1466   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1467 }
1468 
1469 // CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall - Checks the constant value passed to the
1470 // intrinsic is correct. The switch statement is ordered by DSP, MSA. The
1471 // ordering for DSP is unspecified. MSA is ordered by the data format used
1472 // by the underlying instruction i.e., df/m, df/n and then by size.
1473 //
1474 // FIXME: The size tests here should instead be tablegen'd along with the
1475 //        definitions from include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def.
1476 // FIXME: GCC is strict on signedness for some of these intrinsics, we should
1477 //        be too.
1478 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1479   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0, m = 0;
1480   switch (BuiltinID) {
1481   default: return false;
1482   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1483   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1484   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1485   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1486   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1487   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1488   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1489   // MSA instrinsics. Instructions (which the intrinsics maps to) which use the
1490   // df/m field.
1491   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1492   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_b:
1493   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_b:
1494   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_b:
1495   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_b:
1496   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_b:
1497   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_b:
1498   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_b:
1499   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_b:
1500   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_b:
1501   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1502   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_b:
1503   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1504   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1505   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_h:
1506   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_h:
1507   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_h:
1508   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_h:
1509   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_h:
1510   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_h:
1511   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_h:
1512   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_h:
1513   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_h:
1514   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1515   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_h:
1516   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1517   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 5 bit immedate.
1518   // The first block of intrinsics actually have an unsigned 5 bit field,
1519   // not a df/n field.
1520   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_b:
1521   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_h:
1522   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_w:
1523   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_d:
1524   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_b:
1525   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_h:
1526   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_w:
1527   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_d:
1528   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_b:
1529   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_h:
1530   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_w:
1531   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_d:
1532   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_b:
1533   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_h:
1534   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_w:
1535   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_d:
1536   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_b:
1537   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_h:
1538   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_w:
1539   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_d:
1540   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_w:
1541   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_w:
1542   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_w:
1543   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_w:
1544   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_w:
1545   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_w:
1546   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_w:
1547   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_w:
1548   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_w:
1549   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_w:
1550   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_b:
1551   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_h:
1552   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_w:
1553   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1554   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_w:
1555   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1556   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 6 bit immediate.
1557   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_d:
1558   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_d:
1559   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_d:
1560   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_d:
1561   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_d:
1562   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_d:
1563   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_d:
1564   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_d:
1565   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_d:
1566   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1567   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_d:
1568   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1569   // These intrinsics take a signed 5 bit immediate.
1570   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_b:
1571   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_h:
1572   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_w:
1573   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_d:
1574   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_b:
1575   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_h:
1576   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_w:
1577   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_d:
1578   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_b:
1579   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_h:
1580   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_w:
1581   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_d:
1582   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_b:
1583   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_h:
1584   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_w:
1585   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_d:
1586   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_b:
1587   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_h:
1588   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_w:
1589   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_d: i = 1; l = -16; u = 15; break;
1590   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 8 bit immediate.
1591   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_andi_b:
1592   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_nori_b:
1593   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ori_b:
1594   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_b:
1595   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_h:
1596   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_w:
1597   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_xori_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1598   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseli_b:
1599   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmnzi_b:
1600   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmzi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1601   // df/n format
1602   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1603   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_b:
1604   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_b:
1605   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_b:
1606   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1607   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_b:
1608   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1609   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1610   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_h:
1611   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_h:
1612   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_h:
1613   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1614   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_h:
1615   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1616   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 2 bit immediate.
1617   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_w:
1618   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_w:
1619   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_w:
1620   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_w: i = 1; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1621   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_w:
1622   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1623   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 1 bit immediate.
1624   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_d:
1625   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_d:
1626   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_d:
1627   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1628   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_d:
1629   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1630   // Memory offsets and immediate loads.
1631   // These intrinsics take a signed 10 bit immediate.
1632   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_b: i = 0; l = -128; u = 127; break;
1633   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_h:
1634   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_w:
1635   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_d: i = 0; l = -512; u = 511; break;
1636   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_b: i = 1; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1637   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_h: i = 1; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1638   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_w: i = 1; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1639   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_d: i = 1; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1640   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_b: i = 2; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1641   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_h: i = 2; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1642   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_w: i = 2; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1643   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_d: i = 2; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1644   }
1645 
1646   if (!m)
1647     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1648 
1649   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u) ||
1650          SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(TheCall, i, m);
1651 }
1652 
1653 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1654   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1655   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1656                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1657                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1658   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1659                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1660                                             .getTargetInfo()
1661                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1662   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1663                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1664                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1665                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1666 
1667   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1668       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1669              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1670 
1671   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1672       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1673        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1674     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1675            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1676 
1677   switch (BuiltinID) {
1678   default: return false;
1679   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1680   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1681     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1682            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1683   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1684   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1685   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1686   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1687   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1688   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1689   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1690     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1691            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1692   }
1693   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1694 }
1695 
1696 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1697                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1698   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1699     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1700     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1701     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1702         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1703       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1704              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1705   }
1706 
1707   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1708   // range check them here.
1709   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1710   switch (BuiltinID) {
1711   default: return false;
1712   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1713   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1714   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1715   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1716   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1717   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1718   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1719   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1720   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1721   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1722   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1723   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1724   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1725   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1726   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1727   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1728   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1729   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1730     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1731            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1732   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1733   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1734   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1735   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1736   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1737   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1738   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1739   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1740   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1741   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1742   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1743   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1744   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1745   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1746   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1747   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1748   }
1749   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1750 }
1751 
1752 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1753 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1754 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1755 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1756   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1757 
1758   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1759   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1760     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1761            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1762 
1763   // Check the contents of the string.
1764   StringRef Feature =
1765       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1766   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1767     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1768            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1769   return false;
1770 }
1771 
1772 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1773 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1774   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1775   bool HasRC = false;
1776 
1777   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1778   switch (BuiltinID) {
1779   default:
1780     return false;
1781   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1782   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1783   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1784   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1785   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1786   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1787   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1788   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1789     ArgNum = 1;
1790     break;
1791   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1792   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1793   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1794   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1795   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1796   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1797   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1798   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1799   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1800   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1801   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1802   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1803   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1804   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1805   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1806   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1807   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1808   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1809   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1810   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1811     ArgNum = 3;
1812     break;
1813   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1814   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1815   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1816   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1817   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1818   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1819   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1820   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1821   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1822   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1823   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1824   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1825   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1826   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1827     ArgNum = 4;
1828     break;
1829   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1830   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1831   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1832   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1833   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1834   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1835   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1836   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1837   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1838   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1839   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1840   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1841   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1842   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1843   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1844   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1845     ArgNum = 5;
1846     break;
1847   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1848   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1849   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1850   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1851   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1852   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1853   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1854   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1855     ArgNum = 1;
1856     HasRC = true;
1857     break;
1858   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1859   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1861     ArgNum = 2;
1862     HasRC = true;
1863     break;
1864   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1865   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1866   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1867   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1868   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1869   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1870   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1871   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1872   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1873   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1875     ArgNum = 3;
1876     HasRC = true;
1877     break;
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1882   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1893   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
1894   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
1903   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
1904   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
1912   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
1924   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
1925   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
1926   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
1928     ArgNum = 4;
1929     HasRC = true;
1930     break;
1931   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1932   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1933     ArgNum = 5;
1934     HasRC = true;
1935     break;
1936   }
1937 
1938   llvm::APSInt Result;
1939 
1940   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1941   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1942   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1943     return false;
1944 
1945   // Check constant-ness first.
1946   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
1947     return true;
1948 
1949   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
1950   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
1951   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
1952   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
1953       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
1954       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
1955     return false;
1956 
1957   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
1958     << Arg->getSourceRange();
1959 }
1960 
1961 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1962   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
1963     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1964 
1965   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start)
1966     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1967 
1968   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
1969   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1970     return true;
1971 
1972   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1973   // range check them here.
1974   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1975   switch (BuiltinID) {
1976   default:
1977     return false;
1978   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
1979     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
1980     break;
1981   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x8_mask:
1982   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x8_mask:
1983   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x4_mask:
1984   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x4_mask:
1985   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_256_mask:
1986   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_256_mask:
1987   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_256_mask:
1988   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_256_mask:
1989     i = 2; l = 0; u = 1;
1990     break;
1991   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
1992   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
1993   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
1994   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
1995   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
1996   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_512_mask:
1997   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_512_mask:
1998   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_mask:
1999   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_mask:
2000     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
2001     break;
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
2006     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
2007     break;
2008   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
2010   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
2011   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
2013   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
2014   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
2016   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
2017   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
2020   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
2021   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
2022   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
2025   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
2026   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
2027   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
2028   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
2029   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
2030   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
2031   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
2032   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
2033   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
2034   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
2035   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
2036   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
2037   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
2038   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
2039   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
2040     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
2041     break;
2042   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
2043   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
2044   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
2045   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
2046     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
2047     break;
2048   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
2049   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
2050   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
2051   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
2052   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
2053   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
2054   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
2055   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
2056   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2057   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2058     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
2059     break;
2060   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
2061   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
2062   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
2063   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
2064   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
2065   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
2066   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
2067   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
2068   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
2069   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
2070   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
2071   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
2072   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
2073   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
2074     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
2075     break;
2076   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
2077     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
2078     break;
2079   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
2081     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
2082     break;
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
2084   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
2085   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
2086   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
2087   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
2088   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
2089   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
2091   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
2092   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi512_mask:
2108   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi512_mask:
2109   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi512_mask:
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi512_mask:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi512_mask:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi512_mask:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi128_mask:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi256_mask:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi512_mask:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi512_mask:
2117   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi512_mask:
2118   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2121   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2122   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2123   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2124   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2125   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2126     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2127     break;
2128   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2129   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2130   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2131   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2132   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2133   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2134   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2135   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2136   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2137   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2138   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2139   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2140   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2141   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2142   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2143   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2144   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2145   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2146   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2147     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2148     break;
2149   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2150   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2151   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2152   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
2153   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
2154   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
2155   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
2156   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
2157   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
2158   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2159   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2160   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2161   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2162   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2163   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2164   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2165   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2166   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2167     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2168     break;
2169   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2170   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2171   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2172   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2173   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2174   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2175   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2176   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2177   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2178   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2179   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2180   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2181   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2182   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2183   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2184   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2185   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2186   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2187   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2188   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2189   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2190   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2191   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2192   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2193   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2194   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2195   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2196   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2197     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2198     break;
2199   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2200   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2201   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2202   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2203   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2204   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2205   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2206     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2207     break;
2208   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2209   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2210     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2211     break;
2212   }
2213   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2214 }
2215 
2216 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2217 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2218 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2219 /// been populated.
2220 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2221                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2222   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2223   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2224   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2225 
2226   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2227   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2228   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2229   if (IsCXXMember) {
2230     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2231       return false;
2232     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2233     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2234       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2235   }
2236   return true;
2237 }
2238 
2239 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2240 ///
2241 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2242 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2243   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2244   if (auto nullability
2245         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2246     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2247       return false;
2248   }
2249 
2250   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2251   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2252   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2253     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2254       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2255           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2256         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2257             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2258           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2259   }
2260 
2261   bool Result;
2262   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2263           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2264           !Result);
2265 }
2266 
2267 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2268                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2269                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2270   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2271     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2272            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2273 }
2274 
2275 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2276   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2277   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2278       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2279     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2280     return true;
2281   }
2282   return false;
2283 }
2284 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2285 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2286 static void
2287 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2288                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2289                                         Expr **Args,
2290                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2291   unsigned Idx = 0;
2292   bool Format = false;
2293   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2294   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2295     Idx = 2;
2296     Format = true;
2297   }
2298   else
2299     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2300       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2301         Format = true;
2302         break;
2303       }
2304     }
2305   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2306     return;
2307   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2308   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2309     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2310   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2311   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2312       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2313     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2314   else
2315     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2316   if (!FormatString)
2317     return;
2318   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2319     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2320       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2321     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2322       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2323   }
2324 }
2325 
2326 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2327 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2328   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2329     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2330 
2331   return false;
2332 }
2333 
2334 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2335                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2336                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2337                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2338                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2339   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2340 
2341   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2342   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2343   if (FDecl) {
2344     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2345     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2346       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2347         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2348         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2349           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2350             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2351         return;
2352       }
2353 
2354       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2355         if (Val >= Args.size())
2356           continue;
2357         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2358           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2359         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2360       }
2361     }
2362   }
2363 
2364   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2365     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2366     // function/method.
2367     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2368     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2369       parms = FD->parameters();
2370     else
2371       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2372 
2373     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2374     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2375          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2376       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2377       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2378           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2379         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2380           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2381 
2382         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2383       }
2384     }
2385   } else {
2386     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2387     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2388     if (!Proto) {
2389       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2390         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2391         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2392           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2393         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2394           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2395         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2396 
2397         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2398         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2399       }
2400     }
2401 
2402     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2403     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2404     if (Proto) {
2405       unsigned Index = 0;
2406       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2407         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2408           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2409             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2410 
2411           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2412         }
2413 
2414         ++Index;
2415       }
2416     }
2417   }
2418 
2419   // Check for non-null arguments.
2420   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2421        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2422     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2423       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2424   }
2425 }
2426 
2427 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2428 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
2429 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2430                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
2431                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2432                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
2433   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2434   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2435     return;
2436 
2437   // Printf and scanf checking.
2438   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2439   if (FDecl) {
2440     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2441       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2442       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2443 
2444       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2445                            CheckedVarArgs);
2446     }
2447   }
2448 
2449   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2450   // checks above.
2451   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
2452     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2453                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2454                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2455                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2456                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2457                        : 0;
2458 
2459     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2460       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2461       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2462         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2463           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2464       }
2465     }
2466   }
2467 
2468   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2469     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2470 
2471     // Type safety checking.
2472     if (FDecl) {
2473       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2474         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2475     }
2476   }
2477 }
2478 
2479 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2480 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2481 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2482                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2483                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2484                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2485   VariadicCallType CallType =
2486     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2487   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
2488             CallType);
2489 }
2490 
2491 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2492 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2493 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2494                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2495   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2496                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2497   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2498                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2499   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2500                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2501   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2502   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2503   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2504     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2505     // from checkCall.
2506     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2507     ++Args;
2508     --NumArgs;
2509   }
2510   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2511             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2512             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2513 
2514   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2515   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2516   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2517   if (!FnInfo)
2518     return false;
2519 
2520   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
2521   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2522     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2523 
2524   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2525   if (CMId == 0)
2526     return false;
2527 
2528   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2529   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2530     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2531   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2532     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2533   else
2534     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2535 
2536   return false;
2537 }
2538 
2539 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2540                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2541   VariadicCallType CallType =
2542       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2543 
2544   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
2545             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2546             CallType);
2547 
2548   return false;
2549 }
2550 
2551 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2552                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2553   QualType Ty;
2554   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2555     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2556   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2557     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2558   else
2559     return false;
2560 
2561   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2562       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2563     return false;
2564 
2565   VariadicCallType CallType;
2566   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2567     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2568   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2569     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2570   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2571     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2572   }
2573 
2574   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2575             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2576             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2577             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2578 
2579   return false;
2580 }
2581 
2582 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2583 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2584 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2585   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2586                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2587   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2588             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2589             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2590             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2591 
2592   return false;
2593 }
2594 
2595 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2596   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2597     return false;
2598 
2599   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2600   switch (Op) {
2601   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2602     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2603 
2604   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2605   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2606   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2607     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2608            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2609 
2610   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2611   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2612   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2613     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2614            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2615            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2616 
2617   default:
2618     return true;
2619   }
2620 }
2621 
2622 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2623                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2624   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2625   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2626 
2627   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2628   enum {
2629     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2630     Init,
2631     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2632     Load,
2633     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2634     LoadCopy,
2635     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2636     Copy,
2637     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2638     Arithmetic,
2639     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2640     Xchg,
2641     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2642     GNUXchg,
2643     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2644     C11CmpXchg,
2645     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2646     GNUCmpXchg
2647   } Form = Init;
2648   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2649   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2650   // where:
2651   //   C is an appropriate type,
2652   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2653   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2654   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2655   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2656 
2657   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2658                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2659                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2660                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2661   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2662                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2663   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2664              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2665              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2666              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2667   bool IsAddSub = false;
2668 
2669   switch (Op) {
2670   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2671     Form = Init;
2672     break;
2673 
2674   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2675   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2676     Form = Load;
2677     break;
2678 
2679   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2680     Form = LoadCopy;
2681     break;
2682 
2683   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2684   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2685   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2686     Form = Copy;
2687     break;
2688 
2689   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2690   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2691   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2692   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2693   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2694   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2695     IsAddSub = true;
2696     // Fall through.
2697   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2698   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2699   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2700   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2701   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2702   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2703   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2704   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2705   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2706   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2707   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2708     Form = Arithmetic;
2709     break;
2710 
2711   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2712   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2713     Form = Xchg;
2714     break;
2715 
2716   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2717     Form = GNUXchg;
2718     break;
2719 
2720   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2721   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2722     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2723     break;
2724 
2725   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2726   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2727     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2728     break;
2729   }
2730 
2731   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2732   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2733     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2734       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2735       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2736     return ExprError();
2737   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2738     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2739          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2740       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2741       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2742     return ExprError();
2743   }
2744 
2745   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2746   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2747   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2748   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2749     return ExprError();
2750 
2751   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2752   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2753   if (!pointerType) {
2754     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2755       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2756     return ExprError();
2757   }
2758 
2759   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2760   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2761   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2762   if (IsC11) {
2763     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2764       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2765         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2766       return ExprError();
2767     }
2768     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2769       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2770         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2771       return ExprError();
2772     }
2773     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2774   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2775     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2776       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2777         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2778       return ExprError();
2779     }
2780   }
2781 
2782   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2783   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2784     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2785     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2786       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2787         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2788       return ExprError();
2789     }
2790     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2791       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2792         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2793       return ExprError();
2794     }
2795     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2796         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2797                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2798       return ExprError();
2799     }
2800   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2801     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2802     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2803     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2804       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2805     return ExprError();
2806   }
2807 
2808   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2809       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2810     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2811     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2812     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2813       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2814     return ExprError();
2815   }
2816 
2817   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2818   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2819   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2820     // okay
2821     break;
2822 
2823   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2824   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2825   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2826     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2827     // to be trivially copyable.
2828     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2829       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2830     return ExprError();
2831   }
2832 
2833   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2834   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2835   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2836   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2837   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2838   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2839   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2840     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2841   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2842     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2843 
2844   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2845   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2846   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2847   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2848     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2849 
2850   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2851   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2852   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2853   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2854     QualType Ty;
2855     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2856       switch (i) {
2857       case 1:
2858         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2859         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2860         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2861         // by-value.
2862         assert(Form != Load);
2863         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2864           Ty = ValType;
2865         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2866           Ty = ByValType;
2867         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2868           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2869         else {
2870           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2871           unsigned AS = 0;
2872           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2873           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2874                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2875             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2876           }
2877           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2878               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2879         }
2880         break;
2881       case 2:
2882         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2883         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2884         Ty = ByValType;
2885         break;
2886       case 3:
2887         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2888         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2889         break;
2890       }
2891     } else {
2892       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2893       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2894     }
2895 
2896     InitializedEntity Entity =
2897         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2898     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2899     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2900     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2901       return true;
2902     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2903   }
2904 
2905   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2906   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2907   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2908   switch (Form) {
2909   case Init:
2910     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2911     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2912     break;
2913   case Load:
2914     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2915     break;
2916   case LoadCopy:
2917   case Copy:
2918   case Arithmetic:
2919   case Xchg:
2920     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2921     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2922     break;
2923   case GNUXchg:
2924     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2925     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2926     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2927     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2928     break;
2929   case C11CmpXchg:
2930     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2931     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2932     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2933     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2934     break;
2935   case GNUCmpXchg:
2936     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2937     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2938     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2939     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2940     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2941     break;
2942   }
2943 
2944   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2945     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2946     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2947         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2948       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2949            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2950           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2951   }
2952 
2953   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2954                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2955                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2956 
2957   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2958        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2959       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2960     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2961     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2962 
2963   return AE;
2964 }
2965 
2966 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2967 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2968 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2969 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2970 /// them.
2971 ///
2972 /// Returns true on error.
2973 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
2974   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
2975   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
2976 
2977   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
2978   InitializedEntity Entity =
2979     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
2980 
2981   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
2982   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2983   if (Arg.isInvalid())
2984     return true;
2985 
2986   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
2987   return false;
2988 }
2989 
2990 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
2991 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
2992 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
2993 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
2994 /// void(...).
2995 ///
2996 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2997 /// builtins,
2998 ExprResult
2999 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3000   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3001   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3002   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3003 
3004   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
3005   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
3006     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3007       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3008       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3009     return ExprError();
3010   }
3011 
3012   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
3013   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
3014   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3015   // casts here.
3016   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
3017   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3018   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
3019   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
3020     return ExprError();
3021   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
3022   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
3023 
3024   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3025   if (!pointerType) {
3026     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3027       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3028     return ExprError();
3029   }
3030 
3031   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3032   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3033       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3034     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
3035       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3036     return ExprError();
3037   }
3038 
3039   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3040   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3041   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3042     // okay
3043     break;
3044 
3045   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3046   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3047   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3048     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3049       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3050     return ExprError();
3051   }
3052 
3053   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3054   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3055 
3056   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
3057   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
3058   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3059 
3060   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
3061   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
3062   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
3063 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
3064   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
3065     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
3066 
3067   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
3068     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
3069     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
3070     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
3071     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
3072     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
3073     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
3074 
3075     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
3076     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
3077     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
3078     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
3079     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
3080     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
3081 
3082     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
3083     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
3084     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
3085     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
3086     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
3087   };
3088 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3089 
3090   // Determine the index of the size.
3091   unsigned SizeIndex;
3092   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3093   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3094   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3095   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3096   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3097   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3098   default:
3099     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3100       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3101     return ExprError();
3102   }
3103 
3104   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3105   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3106   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3107   // as the number of fixed args.
3108   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3109   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3110   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3111   switch (BuiltinID) {
3112   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3113   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3114   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3115   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3116   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3117   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3118   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3119     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3120     break;
3121 
3122   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3123   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3124   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3125   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3126   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3127   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3128     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3129     break;
3130 
3131   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3132   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3133   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3134   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3135   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3136   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3137     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3138     break;
3139 
3140   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3141   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3142   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3143   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3144   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3145   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3146     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3147     break;
3148 
3149   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3150   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3151   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3152   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3153   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3154   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3155     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3156     break;
3157 
3158   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3159   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3160   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3161   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3162   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3163   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3164     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3165     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3166     break;
3167 
3168   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3169   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3170   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3171   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3172   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3173   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3174     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3175     break;
3176 
3177   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3178   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3179   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3180   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3181   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3182   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3183     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3184     break;
3185 
3186   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3187   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3188   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3189   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3190   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3191   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3192     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3193     break;
3194 
3195   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3196   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3197   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3198   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3199   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3200   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3201     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3202     break;
3203 
3204   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3205   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3206   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3207   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3208   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3209   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3210     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3211     break;
3212 
3213   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3214   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3215   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3216   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3217   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3218   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3219     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3220     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3221     break;
3222 
3223   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3224   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3225   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3226   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3227   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3228   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3229     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3230     NumFixed = 2;
3231     break;
3232 
3233   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3234   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3235   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3236   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3237   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3238   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3239     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3240     NumFixed = 2;
3241     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3242     break;
3243 
3244   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3245   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3246   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3247   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3248   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3249   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3250     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3251     break;
3252 
3253   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3254   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3255   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3256   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3257   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3258   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3259     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3260     NumFixed = 0;
3261     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3262     break;
3263 
3264   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3265   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3266   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3267   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3268   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3269   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3270     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3271     break;
3272   }
3273 
3274   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3275   // have at least that many.
3276   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3277     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3278       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3279       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3280     return ExprError();
3281   }
3282 
3283   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3284     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3285       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3286   }
3287 
3288   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3289   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3290   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3291   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3292   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3293   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3294     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3295   else {
3296     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3297     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3298     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3299     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3300     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3301     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3302     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3303       return ExprError();
3304   }
3305 
3306   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3307   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3308   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3309   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3310     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3311 
3312     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3313     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3314     // Initialize the argument.
3315     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3316                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3317     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3318     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3319       return ExprError();
3320 
3321     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3322     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3323     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3324     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3325     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3326     // FIXME: Do this check.
3327     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3328   }
3329 
3330   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3331 
3332   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3333   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3334       Context,
3335       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3336       SourceLocation(),
3337       NewBuiltinDecl,
3338       /*enclosing*/ false,
3339       DRE->getLocation(),
3340       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3341       DRE->getValueKind());
3342 
3343   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3344   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3345   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3346   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3347                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3348   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3349 
3350   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3351   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3352   // gracefully.
3353   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3354 
3355   return TheCallResult;
3356 }
3357 
3358 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3359 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3360 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3361 ///
3362 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3363 /// builtins.
3364 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3365   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3366   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3367       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3368   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3369   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3370   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3371           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3372          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3373   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3374   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3375 
3376   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3377   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3378     return ExprError();
3379 
3380   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3381   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3382   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3383   // casts here.
3384   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3385   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3386       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3387 
3388   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3389     return ExprError();
3390   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3391   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3392 
3393   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3394   if (!pointerType) {
3395     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3396         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3397     return ExprError();
3398   }
3399 
3400   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3401 
3402   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3403   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3404   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3405       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3406       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3407     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3408          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3409         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3410     return ExprError();
3411   }
3412 
3413   if (!isStore) {
3414     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3415     return TheCallResult;
3416   }
3417 
3418   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3419   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3420       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3421   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3422   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3423     return ExprError();
3424 
3425   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3426   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3427   return TheCallResult;
3428 }
3429 
3430 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3431 /// CFString constructor is correct
3432 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3433 /// simplify the backend).
3434 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3435   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3436   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3437 
3438   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3439     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3440       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3441     return true;
3442   }
3443 
3444   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3445     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3446     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3447     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3448     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3449     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3450 
3451     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3452         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3453                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3454     // Check for conversion failure.
3455     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3456       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3457            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3458   }
3459   return false;
3460 }
3461 
3462 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
3463 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
3464 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
3465   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3466   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3467   if (!Literal) {
3468     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
3469       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
3470     }
3471   }
3472 
3473   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isAscii() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
3474     return ExprError(
3475         Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
3476         << Arg->getSourceRange());
3477   }
3478 
3479   ExprResult Result(Literal);
3480   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3481   InitializedEntity Entity =
3482       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
3483   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
3484   return Result;
3485 }
3486 
3487 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3488 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3489 /// on success.
3490 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3491   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3492   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3493     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3494          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3495       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3496       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3497       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3498                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3499     return true;
3500   }
3501 
3502   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3503     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3504       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3505       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3506   }
3507 
3508   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3509   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3510     return true;
3511 
3512   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3513   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
3514   bool isVariadic;
3515   if (CurBlock)
3516     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3517   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3518     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3519   else
3520     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
3521 
3522   if (!isVariadic) {
3523     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3524     return true;
3525   }
3526 
3527   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3528   // current function or method.
3529   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3530   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3531 
3532   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3533   // block.
3534   QualType Type;
3535   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3536   bool IsCRegister = false;
3537 
3538   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3539     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3540       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3541       // Get the last formal in the current function.
3542       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
3543       if (CurBlock)
3544         LastArg = CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters().back();
3545       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3546         LastArg = FD->parameters().back();
3547       else
3548         LastArg = getCurMethodDecl()->parameters().back();
3549       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
3550 
3551       Type = PV->getType();
3552       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3553       IsCRegister =
3554           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3555     }
3556   }
3557 
3558   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3559     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3560          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3561   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3562            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3563              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3564              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3565              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3566                return false;
3567              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3568                return true;
3569              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3570              return !(ED &&
3571                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3572            }()) {
3573     unsigned Reason = 0;
3574     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3575     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3576     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3577     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3578   }
3579 
3580   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3581   return false;
3582 }
3583 
3584 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
3585 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
3586 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3587 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3588   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3589   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3590   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3591   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3592   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3593     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3594     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3595     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3596       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3597     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3598         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3599       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3600                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3601              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3602   }
3603   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3604 }
3605 
3606 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3607 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3608 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3609 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3610   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3611   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3612   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3613   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3614     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3615   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3616   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3617   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3618     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3619   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3620       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3621     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3622                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3623   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3624 }
3625 
3626 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3627   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3628   //                 const char *named_addr);
3629 
3630   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3631 
3632   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3633     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3634                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3635            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3636 
3637   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3638   bool IsVariadic;
3639   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3640     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3641   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3642     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3643   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3644     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3645   else
3646     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3647 
3648   if (!IsVariadic) {
3649     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3650     return true;
3651   }
3652 
3653   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3654   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3655     return true;
3656 
3657   const struct {
3658     unsigned ArgNo;
3659     QualType Type;
3660   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3661     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3662     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3663   };
3664 
3665   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3666     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3667     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3668       continue;
3669     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3670       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3671       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3672       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3673   }
3674 
3675   return false;
3676 }
3677 
3678 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3679 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3680 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3681   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3682     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3683       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3684   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3685     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3686                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3687       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3688       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3689                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3690 
3691   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3692   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3693 
3694   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3695   // type.
3696   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3697   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3698     return true;
3699 
3700   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3701   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3702   // foo(...)".
3703   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3704   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3705 
3706   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3707     return false;
3708 
3709   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3710   // invalid for this operation.
3711   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3712     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3713                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3714       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3715       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3716 
3717   return false;
3718 }
3719 
3720 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3721 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3722 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3723 /// value.
3724 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3725   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3726     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3727       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3728   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3729     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3730                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3731       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3732       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3733                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3734 
3735   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3736 
3737   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3738     return false;
3739 
3740   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3741   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3742     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3743                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3744       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3745 
3746   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3747   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3748     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3749     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3750       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3751              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3752       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3753       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3754     }
3755   }
3756 
3757   return false;
3758 }
3759 
3760 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3761 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3762 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3763   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3764     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3765                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3766                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3767                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3768 
3769   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3770   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3771   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3772   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3773   unsigned numElements = 0;
3774 
3775   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3776       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3777     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3778     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3779 
3780     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3781       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3782                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3783                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3784                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3785 
3786     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3787     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3788 
3789     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3790     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3791     // same number of elts as lhs.
3792     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3793       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3794           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3795         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3796                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3797                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3798                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3799     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3800       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3801                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3802                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3803                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3804     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3805       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3806       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3807                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3808     }
3809   }
3810 
3811   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3812     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3813         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3814       continue;
3815 
3816     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3817     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3818       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3819                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3820                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3821 
3822     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3823     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3824       continue;
3825 
3826     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3827       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3828                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3829                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3830   }
3831 
3832   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3833 
3834   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3835     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3836     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3837   }
3838 
3839   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3840                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3841                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3842 }
3843 
3844 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3845 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3846                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3847                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3848   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3849   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3850   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3851   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3852 
3853   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3854     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3855                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3856                      << E->getSourceRange());
3857   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3858     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3859                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3860 
3861   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3862     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3863     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3864     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3865       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3866                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3867                        << E->getSourceRange());
3868   }
3869 
3870   return new (Context)
3871       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3872 }
3873 
3874 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3875 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3876 // optional constant int args.
3877 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3878   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3879 
3880   if (NumArgs > 3)
3881     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3882              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3883              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3884              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3885 
3886   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3887   // constant integers.
3888   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3889     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3890       return true;
3891 
3892   return false;
3893 }
3894 
3895 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3896 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3897 // has side effects.
3898 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3899   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3900   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3901 
3902   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3903     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3904       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3905       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3906 
3907   return false;
3908 }
3909 
3910 /// Handle __builtin_alloca_with_align. This is declared
3911 /// as (size_t, size_t) where the second size_t must be a power of 2 greater
3912 /// than 8.
3913 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3914   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3915   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3916 
3917   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3918   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3919     if (const auto *UE =
3920             dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3921       if (UE->getKind() == UETT_AlignOf)
3922         Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::warn_alloca_align_alignof)
3923           << Arg->getSourceRange();
3924 
3925     llvm::APSInt Result = Arg->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
3926 
3927     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3928       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3929                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3930            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3931 
3932     if (Result < Context.getCharWidth())
3933       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_small)
3934            << (unsigned)Context.getCharWidth()
3935            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3936 
3937     if (Result > INT32_MAX)
3938       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
3939            << INT32_MAX
3940            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3941   }
3942 
3943   return false;
3944 }
3945 
3946 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3947 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3948 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3949   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3950 
3951   if (NumArgs > 3)
3952     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3953              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3954              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3955              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3956 
3957   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3958   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3959 
3960   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3961   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3962     llvm::APSInt Result;
3963     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3964       return true;
3965 
3966     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3967       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3968                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3969            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3970   }
3971 
3972   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3973     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3974     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3975       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3976     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3977     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3978     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3979   }
3980 
3981   return false;
3982 }
3983 
3984 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3985   unsigned BuiltinID =
3986       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
3987   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
3988 
3989   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3990   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
3991   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
3992     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3993            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
3994            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3995   }
3996   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
3997     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3998                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3999            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
4000            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4001   }
4002   unsigned i = 0;
4003 
4004   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
4005   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4006     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4007     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4008         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
4009     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4010     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4011       return true;
4012     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4013     i++;
4014   }
4015 
4016   // Check string literal arg.
4017   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
4018   {
4019     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4020     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4021       return true;
4022     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4023     i++;
4024   }
4025 
4026   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
4027   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
4028   while (i < NumArgs) {
4029     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
4030         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
4031     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4032       return true;
4033     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
4034     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
4035       return Diag(Arg.get()->getLocEnd(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
4036              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
4037              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4038     }
4039     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4040     i++;
4041   }
4042 
4043   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
4044   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
4045   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4046     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
4047     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
4048     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
4049         Args, /*HasVAListArg*/ false, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
4050         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getLocStart(), SourceRange(),
4051         CheckedVarArgs);
4052     if (!Success)
4053       return true;
4054   }
4055 
4056   if (IsSizeCall) {
4057     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
4058   } else {
4059     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
4060   }
4061   return false;
4062 }
4063 
4064 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4065 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
4066 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4067                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
4068   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4069   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4070   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4071 
4072   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
4073 
4074   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4075     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
4076                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
4077 
4078   return false;
4079 }
4080 
4081 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4082 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
4083 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4084                                        int Low, int High) {
4085   llvm::APSInt Result;
4086 
4087   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4088   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4089   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4090     return false;
4091 
4092   // Check constant-ness first.
4093   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4094     return true;
4095 
4096   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
4097     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
4098       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
4099 
4100   return false;
4101 }
4102 
4103 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4104 /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
4105 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4106                                           unsigned Num) {
4107   llvm::APSInt Result;
4108 
4109   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4110   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4111   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4112     return false;
4113 
4114   // Check constant-ness first.
4115   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4116     return true;
4117 
4118   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
4119     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
4120       << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
4121 
4122   return false;
4123 }
4124 
4125 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4126 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
4127 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
4128                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
4129                                     bool AllowName) {
4130   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4131                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4132                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4133                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4134                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4135                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4136   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4137                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4138                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4139                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4140                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4141                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4142   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
4143 
4144   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4145   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4146   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4147     return false;
4148 
4149   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
4150   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4151     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
4152            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4153 
4154   // Check the type of special register given.
4155   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
4156   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
4157   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
4158 
4159   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
4160     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4161            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4162 
4163   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
4164   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
4165   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
4166   // ranges.
4167   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
4168     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
4169 
4170     bool ValidString = true;
4171     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
4172       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
4173                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
4174       if (ValidString)
4175         Fields[0] =
4176           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
4177 
4178       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
4179       if (ValidString)
4180         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
4181 
4182       if (FiveFields) {
4183         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
4184         if (ValidString)
4185           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
4186       }
4187     }
4188 
4189     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
4190     if (FiveFields)
4191       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
4192     else
4193       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
4194 
4195     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
4196       int IntField;
4197       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
4198       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
4199     }
4200 
4201     if (!ValidString)
4202       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4203              << Arg->getSourceRange();
4204 
4205   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
4206     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
4207     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
4208     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
4209     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
4210     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
4211     // compile time.
4212     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
4213       return false;
4214 
4215     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
4216     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
4217         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
4218       return false;
4219 
4220     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
4221   }
4222 
4223   return false;
4224 }
4225 
4226 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
4227 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
4228 /// that val is a constant 1.
4229 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4230   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4231     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
4232              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4233 
4234   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4235   llvm::APSInt Result;
4236 
4237   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
4238   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4239     return true;
4240 
4241   if (Result != 1)
4242     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
4243              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
4244 
4245   return false;
4246 }
4247 
4248 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
4249 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
4250 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4251   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4252     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4253              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4254   return false;
4255 }
4256 
4257 namespace {
4258 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4259   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4260   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4261   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4262 
4263 public:
4264   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4265 
4266   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4267     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4268   }
4269 
4270   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4271     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4272     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4273   }
4274 
4275   void setAllCovered() {
4276     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4277     // the diagnostics.
4278     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4279     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4280   }
4281 
4282   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4283     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4284 
4285     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4286     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4287       return;
4288 
4289     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4290     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4291     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4292       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4293     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4294       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4295       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4296       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4297     }
4298   }
4299 
4300   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4301 };
4302 
4303 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4304   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4305   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4306   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4307 };
4308 } // end anonymous namespace
4309 
4310 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4311                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4312                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4313   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4314   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4315   // There might be negative interim results.
4316   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4317     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4318     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4319   }
4320   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4321   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4322     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4323     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4324   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4325     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4326   }
4327 
4328   bool Ov = false;
4329   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4330   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4331     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4332   else {
4333     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4334            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4335     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4336   }
4337 
4338   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4339   // possible.
4340   if (Ov) {
4341     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4342     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4343     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4344     return;
4345   }
4346 
4347   Offset = ResOffset;
4348 }
4349 
4350 namespace {
4351 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4352 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4353 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4354 class FormatStringLiteral {
4355   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4356   int64_t Offset;
4357 
4358  public:
4359   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4360       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4361 
4362   StringRef getString() const {
4363     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4364   }
4365 
4366   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4367     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4368   }
4369   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4370   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4371 
4372   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4373 
4374   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4375 
4376   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4377   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4378   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4379   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4380   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4381   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4382 
4383   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4384       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4385       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4386       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4387     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4388                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4389   }
4390 
4391   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4392     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4393   }
4394   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4395 };
4396 }  // end anonymous namespace
4397 
4398 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4399                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4400                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4401                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4402                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4403                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4404                               bool inFunctionCall,
4405                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4406                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4407                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4408 
4409 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4410 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4411 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4412 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4413 static StringLiteralCheckType
4414 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4415                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4416                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4417                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4418                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4419                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4420                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4421  tryAgain:
4422   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4423 
4424   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4425     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4426 
4427   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4428 
4429   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4430     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4431     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4432     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4433     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4434     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4435 
4436   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4437   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4438   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4439     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4440     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4441     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4442         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4443 
4444     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4445     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4446     // evaluated at compile time.
4447     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4448 
4449     bool Cond;
4450     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4451       if (Cond)
4452         CheckRight = false;
4453       else
4454         CheckLeft = false;
4455     }
4456 
4457     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4458     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4459     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4460     // literals in the end.
4461     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4462     if (!CheckLeft)
4463       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4464     else {
4465       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4466                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4467                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4468                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4469       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4470         return Left;
4471       }
4472     }
4473 
4474     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4475         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4476                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4477                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4478                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4479 
4480     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4481   }
4482 
4483   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4484     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4485     goto tryAgain;
4486   }
4487 
4488   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4489     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4490       E = src;
4491       goto tryAgain;
4492     }
4493     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4494 
4495   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4496     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4497     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4498     // liability.
4499     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4500 
4501   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4502     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4503 
4504     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4505     // const string literals.
4506     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4507       bool isConstant = false;
4508       QualType T = DR->getType();
4509 
4510       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4511         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4512       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4513         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4514                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4515       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4516         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4517         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4518         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4519       }
4520 
4521       if (isConstant) {
4522         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4523           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4524           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4525             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4526               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4527           }
4528           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4529                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4530                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4531                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4532                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4533         }
4534       }
4535 
4536       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4537       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4538       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4539       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4540       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4541       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4542       //
4543       // void
4544       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4545       //      va_list ap;
4546       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4547       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4548       //      ...
4549       // }
4550       if (HasVAListArg) {
4551         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4552           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4553             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4554             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4555               // adjust for implicit parameter
4556               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4557                 if (MD->isInstance())
4558                   ++PVIndex;
4559               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4560               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4561               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4562                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4563                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4564             }
4565           }
4566         }
4567       }
4568     }
4569 
4570     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4571   }
4572 
4573   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4574   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4575     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4576     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4577       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4578         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4579         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4580           if (MD->isInstance())
4581             --ArgIndex;
4582         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4583 
4584         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4585                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4586                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4587                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4588       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4589         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4590         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4591             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4592           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4593           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4594                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4595                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4596                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4597                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4598         }
4599       }
4600     }
4601 
4602     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4603   }
4604   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
4605     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
4606     if (const auto *ND = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
4607       if (const auto *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4608         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4609         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4610         return checkFormatStringExpr(
4611             S, Arg, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
4612             CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4613       }
4614     }
4615 
4616     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4617   }
4618   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4619   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4620     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4621 
4622     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4623       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4624     else
4625       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4626 
4627     if (StrE) {
4628       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4629         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4630         // bounds literals.
4631         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4632       }
4633       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4634       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4635                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4636                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4637       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4638     }
4639 
4640     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4641   }
4642   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4643     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4644     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4645 
4646     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4647 
4648     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4649     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4650       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4651       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4652 
4653       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4654         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4655 
4656         if (LIsInt) {
4657           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4658             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4659             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4660             goto tryAgain;
4661           }
4662         } else {
4663           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4664           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4665           goto tryAgain;
4666         }
4667       }
4668     }
4669 
4670     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4671   }
4672   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4673     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
4674     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
4675     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
4676       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
4677       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
4678         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
4679         E = ASE->getBase();
4680         goto tryAgain;
4681       }
4682     }
4683 
4684     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4685   }
4686 
4687   default:
4688     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4689   }
4690 }
4691 
4692 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
4693   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
4694       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
4695       .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
4696       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
4697       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
4698       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
4699       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
4700       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
4701       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
4702       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
4703       .Default(FST_Unknown);
4704 }
4705 
4706 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
4707 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
4708 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
4709 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
4710                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4711                                 bool IsCXXMember,
4712                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4713                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4714                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4715   FormatStringInfo FSI;
4716   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
4717     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
4718                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
4719                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
4720   return false;
4721 }
4722 
4723 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4724                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4725                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
4726                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4727                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4728                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4729   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
4730   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
4731     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
4732     return false;
4733   }
4734 
4735   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
4736 
4737   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
4738   //
4739   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
4740   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
4741   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
4742   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
4743   // many format string exploits.
4744 
4745   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
4746   // C string (e.g. "%d")
4747   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
4748   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
4749   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
4750   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
4751       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
4752                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4753                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
4754                             UncoveredArg,
4755                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
4756 
4757   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
4758   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
4759     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
4760     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
4761     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
4762   }
4763 
4764   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
4765     // Literal format string found, check done!
4766     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4767 
4768   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
4769   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
4770   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
4771     return false;
4772 
4773   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
4774   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
4775   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
4776   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
4777   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
4778   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
4779     return false;
4780 
4781   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
4782   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
4783   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
4784     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
4785       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4786     switch (Type) {
4787     default:
4788       break;
4789     case FST_Kprintf:
4790     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
4791     case FST_Printf:
4792       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4793         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
4794       break;
4795     case FST_NSString:
4796       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4797         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
4798       break;
4799     }
4800   } else {
4801     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
4802       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4803   }
4804   return false;
4805 }
4806 
4807 namespace {
4808 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
4809 protected:
4810   Sema &S;
4811   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
4812   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
4813   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
4814   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
4815   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
4816   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
4817   const bool HasVAListArg;
4818   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
4819   unsigned FormatIdx;
4820   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
4821   bool usesPositionalArgs;
4822   bool atFirstArg;
4823   bool inFunctionCall;
4824   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
4825   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
4826   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
4827 
4828 public:
4829   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
4830                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
4831                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
4832                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4833                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
4834                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
4835                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4836                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4837       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
4838         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
4839         HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
4840         usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
4841         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
4842         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
4843     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
4844     CoveredArgs.reset();
4845   }
4846 
4847   void DoneProcessing();
4848 
4849   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4850                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
4851 
4852   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4853                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4854                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4855                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4856                            unsigned DiagID);
4857 
4858   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4859                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4860                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4861 
4862   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4863                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4864                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4865 
4866   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4867 
4868   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
4869                              unsigned specifierLen,
4870                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
4871 
4872   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4873 
4874   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
4875 
4876   template <typename Range>
4877   static void
4878   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4879                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4880                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4881                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4882 
4883 protected:
4884   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
4885                                         const char *startSpec,
4886                                         unsigned specifierLen,
4887                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4888 
4889   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4890                                          const char *startSpec,
4891                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4892 
4893   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4894   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4895                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4896   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4897 
4898   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4899 
4900   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4901                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4902                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4903                     unsigned argIndex);
4904 
4905   template <typename Range>
4906   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4907                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4908                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4909 };
4910 } // end anonymous namespace
4911 
4912 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4913   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4914 }
4915 
4916 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4917 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4918   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4919   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4920 
4921   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4922   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4923 
4924   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4925 }
4926 
4927 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4928   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
4929                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
4930 }
4931 
4932 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4933                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4934   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4935                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4936                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4937                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4938 }
4939 
4940 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4941     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4942     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4943     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4944   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4945 
4946   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4947   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4948 
4949   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4950   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4951   if (FixedLM) {
4952     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4953                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4954                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4955                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4956 
4957     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4958       << FixedLM->toString()
4959       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4960 
4961   } else {
4962     FixItHint Hint;
4963     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4964       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4965 
4966     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4967                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4968                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4969                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4970                          Hint);
4971   }
4972 }
4973 
4974 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4975     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4976     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4977   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4978 
4979   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4980   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4981 
4982   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4983   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4984   if (FixedLM) {
4985     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4986                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4987                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4988                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4989                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4990 
4991     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4992       << FixedLM->toString()
4993       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4994 
4995   } else {
4996     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4997                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4998                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4999                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5000                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5001   }
5002 }
5003 
5004 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5005     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5006     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5007   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5008 
5009   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
5010   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
5011   if (FixedCS) {
5012     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5013                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5014                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5015                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5016                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5017 
5018     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5019     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5020       << FixedCS->toString()
5021       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
5022   } else {
5023     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5024                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5025                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5026                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5027                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5028   }
5029 }
5030 
5031 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
5032                                         unsigned posLen) {
5033   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
5034                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5035                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5036                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5037 }
5038 
5039 void
5040 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
5041                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
5042   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
5043                          << (unsigned) p,
5044                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5045                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5046 }
5047 
5048 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
5049                                             unsigned posLen) {
5050   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
5051                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5052                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5053                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5054 }
5055 
5056 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
5057   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
5058     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
5059     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5060       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
5061       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5062       getFormatStringRange());
5063   }
5064 }
5065 
5066 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
5067 // one of the argument expressions.
5068 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
5069   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
5070 }
5071 
5072 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
5073   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
5074   // format conversions in the format string?
5075   if (!HasVAListArg) {
5076       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
5077     CoveredArgs.flip();
5078     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
5079     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
5080       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
5081       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
5082     } else {
5083       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5084     }
5085   }
5086 }
5087 
5088 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
5089                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5090   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
5091          "Invalid state");
5092 
5093   if (!ArgExpr)
5094     return;
5095 
5096   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
5097 
5098   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
5099     return;
5100 
5101   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
5102   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
5103     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
5104 
5105   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5106                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
5107                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5108                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
5109 }
5110 
5111 bool
5112 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
5113                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5114                                                      const char *startSpec,
5115                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
5116                                                      const char *csStart,
5117                                                      unsigned csLen) {
5118   bool keepGoing = true;
5119   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5120     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
5121     // make sense.
5122     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5123   }
5124   else {
5125     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
5126     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
5127     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
5128     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
5129     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
5130     keepGoing = false;
5131   }
5132 
5133   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
5134 
5135   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
5136   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
5137   // hex value.
5138   std::string CodePointStr;
5139   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
5140     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
5141     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
5142     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
5143         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
5144     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
5145         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
5146 
5147     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
5148       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
5149       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
5150     }
5151 
5152     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
5153     if (CodePoint < 256)
5154       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
5155     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
5156       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
5157     else
5158       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
5159     OS.flush();
5160     Specifier = CodePointStr;
5161   }
5162 
5163   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5164       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
5165       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5166 
5167   return keepGoing;
5168 }
5169 
5170 void
5171 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5172                                                       const char *startSpec,
5173                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5174   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5175     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
5176     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5177 }
5178 
5179 bool
5180 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
5181   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5182   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5183   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
5184 
5185   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5186     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
5187       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
5188            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
5189       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
5190     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5191       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5192       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5193 
5194     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
5195     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
5196     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5197     return false;
5198   }
5199   return true;
5200 }
5201 
5202 template<typename Range>
5203 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
5204                                               SourceLocation Loc,
5205                                               bool IsStringLocation,
5206                                               Range StringRange,
5207                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5208   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
5209                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
5210 }
5211 
5212 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
5213 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
5214 ///
5215 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
5216 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
5217 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
5218 ///
5219 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
5220 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
5221 /// diagnostics are emitted.
5222 ///
5223 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
5224 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
5225 /// to diagnostics.
5226 ///
5227 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
5228 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
5229 /// the other one.
5230 ///
5231 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
5232 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
5233 /// be used with PDiag.
5234 ///
5235 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
5236 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
5237 ///
5238 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
5239 template <typename Range>
5240 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5241     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5242     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
5243     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5244   if (InFunctionCall) {
5245     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
5246     D << StringRange;
5247     D << FixIt;
5248   } else {
5249     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
5250       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
5251 
5252     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
5253       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
5254              diag::note_format_string_defined);
5255 
5256     Note << StringRange;
5257     Note << FixIt;
5258   }
5259 }
5260 
5261 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5262 
5263 namespace {
5264 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5265 public:
5266   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5267                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5268                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5269                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
5270                      bool hasVAListArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5271                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5272                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5273                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5274                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5275       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
5276                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
5277                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5278                            UncoveredArg) {}
5279 
5280   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
5281 
5282   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
5283   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
5284     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
5285            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
5286   }
5287 
5288   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5289                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5290                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5291                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5292 
5293   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5294                              const char *startSpecifier,
5295                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5296   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5297                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5298                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5299                        const Expr *E);
5300 
5301   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5302                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5303   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5304                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5305                            unsigned type,
5306                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5307   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5308                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5309                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5310   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5311                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5312                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5313                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5314   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5315                            const Expr *E);
5316 
5317   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5318                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5319 
5320   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5321                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5322 
5323   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5324                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5325                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5326                                              override;
5327 };
5328 } // end anonymous namespace
5329 
5330 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5331                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5332                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5333                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5334   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5335     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5336 
5337   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5338                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5339                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5340                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5341 }
5342 
5343 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5344                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5345                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5346                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5347   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5348     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5349       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5350       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5351         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5352                                << k,
5353                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5354                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5355                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5356         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5357         // spurious errors.
5358         return false;
5359       }
5360 
5361       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5362       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5363       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5364       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5365       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5366       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5367       if (!Arg)
5368         return false;
5369 
5370       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5371 
5372       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5373       assert(AT.isValid());
5374 
5375       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5376         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5377                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5378                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5379                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5380                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5381                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5382         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5383         // spurious errors.
5384         return false;
5385       }
5386     }
5387   }
5388   return true;
5389 }
5390 
5391 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5392                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5393                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5394                                       unsigned type,
5395                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5396                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5397   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5398     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5399 
5400   FixItHint fixit =
5401     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5402       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5403                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5404       : FixItHint();
5405 
5406   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5407                          << type << CS.toString(),
5408                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5409                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5410                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5411                        fixit);
5412 }
5413 
5414 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5415                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5416                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5417                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5418   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5419   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5420     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5421   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5422                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5423                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5424                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5425                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5426                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5427                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5428 }
5429 
5430 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5431                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5432                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5433                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5434                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5435                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5436   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5437   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5438                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5439                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5440                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5441                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5442                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5443                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5444 }
5445 
5446 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5447 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5448 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5449 
5450 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5451                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5452   // Warn about an empty flag.
5453   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5454                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5455                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5456                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5457 }
5458 
5459 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5460                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5461   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5462   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5463   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5464   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5465                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5466                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5467                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5468 }
5469 
5470 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5471     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5472     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5473     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5474     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5475     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5476                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5477                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5478                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5479 }
5480 
5481 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5482 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5483 // "c_str()").
5484 template<typename MemberKind>
5485 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5486 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5487   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5488   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5489 
5490   if (!RT)
5491     return Results;
5492   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5493   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5494     return Results;
5495 
5496   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5497                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5498   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5499 
5500   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5501   // filter, at this point.
5502   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5503     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5504       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5505       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5506         Results.insert(FK);
5507     }
5508   return Results;
5509 }
5510 
5511 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5512 ///
5513 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5514 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5515 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5516   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5517   MethodSet Results =
5518       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5519   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5520        MI != ME; ++MI)
5521     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5522       return true;
5523   return false;
5524 }
5525 
5526 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5527 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5528 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5529 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5530     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5531   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5532 
5533   MethodSet Results =
5534       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5535 
5536   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5537        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5538     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5539     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5540         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5541       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5542       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5543       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5544           << "c_str()"
5545           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5546       return true;
5547     }
5548   }
5549 
5550   return false;
5551 }
5552 
5553 bool
5554 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5555                                             &FS,
5556                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5557                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5558   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5559   using namespace analyze_printf;
5560   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5561 
5562   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5563     if (atFirstArg) {
5564         atFirstArg = false;
5565         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5566     }
5567     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5568       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5569                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5570       return false;
5571     }
5572   }
5573 
5574   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5575   // have matching data arguments.
5576   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5577                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5578     return false;
5579   }
5580 
5581   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5582                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5583     return false;
5584   }
5585 
5586   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5587     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5588     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5589     return true;
5590   }
5591 
5592   // Consume the argument.
5593   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5594   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5595     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5596     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5597     // function if we encounter some other error.
5598     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5599   }
5600 
5601   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5602   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5603       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5604     // We need at least two arguments.
5605     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5606       return false;
5607 
5608     // Claim the second argument.
5609     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5610 
5611     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5612     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5613     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5614       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5615         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5616     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5617       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5618         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5619         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5620         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5621         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5622         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5623 
5624     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5625     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5626     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5627     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5628       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5629         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5630         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5631         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5632         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5633         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5634 
5635      return true;
5636   }
5637 
5638   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5639   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5640   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5641     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5642                                                   specifierLen);
5643   }
5644 
5645   // %P can only be used with os_log.
5646   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
5647     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5648                                                   specifierLen);
5649   }
5650 
5651   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
5652   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
5653     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
5654                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5655                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5656                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5657 
5658     return true;
5659   }
5660 
5661   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
5662   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
5663       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
5664        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
5665        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
5666     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5667                                                   specifierLen);
5668   }
5669 
5670   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
5671   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
5672     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
5673       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5674                                << "public",
5675                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
5676                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5677                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5678     }
5679     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
5680       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5681                                << "private",
5682                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
5683                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5684                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5685     }
5686   }
5687 
5688   // Check for invalid use of field width
5689   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
5690     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5691         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5692   }
5693 
5694   // Check for invalid use of precision
5695   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
5696     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5697         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5698   }
5699 
5700   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
5701   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
5702       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
5703     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
5704                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
5705                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5706                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5707   }
5708 
5709   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
5710   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
5711     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5712   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
5713     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5714   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
5715     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5716   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
5717     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5718   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
5719     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5720   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
5721     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5722 
5723   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
5724   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
5725     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
5726         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5727   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
5728     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
5729             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5730 
5731   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5732   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5733     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5734                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5735   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5736     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5737   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5738     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5739                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5740 
5741   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5742     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5743 
5744   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5745   if (HasVAListArg)
5746     return true;
5747 
5748   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5749     return false;
5750 
5751   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5752   if (!Arg)
5753     return true;
5754 
5755   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
5756 }
5757 
5758 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
5759   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
5760   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
5761   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
5762   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5763   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
5764     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
5765 
5766   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
5767   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
5768   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
5769   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
5770   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
5771   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
5772   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
5773   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
5774   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
5775   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
5776   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
5777   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
5778   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
5779   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
5780   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
5781   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
5782   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
5783   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
5784   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
5785   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
5786   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
5787   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
5788     return false;
5789   default:
5790     return true;
5791   }
5792 }
5793 
5794 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
5795 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
5796                        QualType IntendedTy,
5797                        const Expr *E) {
5798   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
5799   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
5800   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5801     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
5802     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
5803       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
5804       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
5805       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
5806       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
5807       .Default(QualType());
5808 
5809     if (!CastTy.isNull())
5810       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
5811 
5812     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
5813   }
5814 
5815   // Strip parens if necessary.
5816   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
5817     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5818                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5819                                   PE->getSubExpr());
5820 
5821   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
5822   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
5823   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
5824   // Co. usage condition.
5825   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5826     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
5827     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
5828 
5829     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
5830       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5831                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
5832                              CO->getTrueExpr());
5833     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
5834       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5835                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
5836                              CO->getFalseExpr());
5837 
5838     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
5839       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5840     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
5841       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
5842     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
5843       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5844   }
5845 
5846   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
5847 }
5848 
5849 bool
5850 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5851                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
5852                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
5853                                     const Expr *E) {
5854   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5855   using namespace analyze_printf;
5856   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
5857   // format specifier.
5858   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
5859   if (!AT.isValid())
5860     return true;
5861 
5862   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
5863   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
5864     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
5865   }
5866 
5867   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
5868 
5869   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
5870     return true;
5871   }
5872 
5873   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
5874   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
5875   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
5876   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
5877   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5878     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
5879         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
5880       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
5881       ExprTy = E->getType();
5882 
5883       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
5884       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
5885       // function.
5886       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
5887           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
5888         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
5889         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
5890           return true;
5891       }
5892     }
5893   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
5894     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
5895     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
5896     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
5897     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
5898       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
5899         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
5900   }
5901 
5902   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
5903   bool IsEnum = false;
5904   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5905     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5906     IsEnum = true;
5907   }
5908 
5909   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
5910   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
5911   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
5912   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
5913   if (isObjCContext() &&
5914       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
5915     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
5916         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
5917       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
5918       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
5919       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5920 
5921       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
5922       // to be within the valid range.
5923       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
5924         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
5925         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
5926           return true;
5927       }
5928 
5929       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
5930                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
5931       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
5932         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
5933         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
5934           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
5935             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
5936       }
5937     }
5938   }
5939 
5940   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5941   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5942   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5943   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5944     QualType CastTy;
5945     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5946     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5947       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5948       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5949     }
5950   }
5951 
5952   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5953   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5954   bool success =
5955       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
5956 
5957   if (success) {
5958     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5959     SmallString<16> buf;
5960     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5961     fixedFS.toString(os);
5962 
5963     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5964 
5965     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5966       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5967       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5968         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5969       }
5970       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5971       // the argument.
5972       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5973                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5974                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5975                            E->getLocStart(),
5976                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5977                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5978     } else {
5979       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5980       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5981       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5982       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5983       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5984       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5985       // if necessary).
5986       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5987       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5988       CastFix << "(";
5989       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5990       CastFix << ")";
5991 
5992       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5993       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5994         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5995 
5996       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5997         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5998         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5999         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
6000 
6001       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
6002         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
6003         // just write the C-style cast.
6004         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6005                                                    CastFix.str()));
6006       } else {
6007         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
6008         CastFix << "(";
6009         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6010                                                    CastFix.str()));
6011 
6012         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
6013         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
6014       }
6015 
6016       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6017         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
6018         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
6019         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
6020         StringRef Name;
6021         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
6022           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
6023         else
6024           Name = CastTyName;
6025         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
6026                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
6027                                << E->getSourceRange(),
6028                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
6029                              SpecRange, Hints);
6030       } else {
6031         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
6032         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
6033         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
6034         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6035           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
6036             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
6037             << E->getSourceRange(),
6038           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6039           SpecRange, Hints);
6040       }
6041     }
6042   } else {
6043     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
6044                                                    SpecifierLen);
6045     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
6046     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
6047     // arguments here.
6048     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
6049     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
6050     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
6051       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6052       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6053         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6054       }
6055 
6056       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6057           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
6058                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
6059           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
6060       break;
6061     }
6062     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
6063     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
6064       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6065         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
6066           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6067           << ExprTy
6068           << CallType
6069           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6070           << CSR
6071           << E->getSourceRange(),
6072         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6073       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
6074       break;
6075 
6076     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
6077       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
6078         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6079           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
6080             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6081             << ExprTy
6082             << CallType
6083             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6084             << CSR
6085             << E->getSourceRange(),
6086           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6087       else
6088         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
6089         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
6090         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
6091           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
6092           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6093           << E->getSourceRange();
6094       break;
6095     }
6096 
6097     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
6098            "format string specifier index out of range");
6099     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
6100   }
6101 
6102   return true;
6103 }
6104 
6105 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
6106 
6107 namespace {
6108 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6109 public:
6110   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6111                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
6112                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
6113                     const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
6114                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6115                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6116                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6117                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6118       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6119                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
6120                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6121                            UncoveredArg) {}
6122 
6123   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6124                             const char *startSpecifier,
6125                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
6126 
6127   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6128           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6129           const char *startSpecifier,
6130           unsigned specifierLen) override;
6131 
6132   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
6133 };
6134 } // end anonymous namespace
6135 
6136 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
6137                                                  const char *end) {
6138   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
6139                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6140                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
6141 }
6142 
6143 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6144                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6145                                         const char *startSpecifier,
6146                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
6147 
6148   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6149     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6150 
6151   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6152                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6153                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6154                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6155 }
6156 
6157 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
6158                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6159                                        const char *startSpecifier,
6160                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
6161   using namespace analyze_scanf;
6162   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6163 
6164   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6165 
6166   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
6167   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
6168   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6169     if (atFirstArg) {
6170       atFirstArg = false;
6171       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
6172     }
6173     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
6174       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6175                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6176       return false;
6177     }
6178   }
6179 
6180   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
6181   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
6182   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
6183     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
6184       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6185                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
6186       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
6187                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6188                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
6189                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
6190     }
6191   }
6192 
6193   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6194     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
6195     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
6196     return true;
6197   }
6198 
6199   // Consume the argument.
6200   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
6201   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6202       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
6203       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
6204       // function if we encounter some other error.
6205     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6206   }
6207 
6208   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6209   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6210     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6211                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6212   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6213     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6214   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6215     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6216                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6217 
6218   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6219     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6220 
6221   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6222   if (HasVAListArg)
6223     return true;
6224 
6225   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6226     return false;
6227 
6228   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
6229   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
6230   if (!Ex)
6231     return true;
6232 
6233   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
6234 
6235   if (!AT.isValid()) {
6236     return true;
6237   }
6238 
6239   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
6240       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
6241   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
6242     return true;
6243   }
6244 
6245   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6246   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
6247                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
6248 
6249   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6250   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6251     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6252   }
6253 
6254   if (success) {
6255     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
6256     SmallString<128> buf;
6257     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6258     fixedFS.toString(os);
6259 
6260     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6261         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6262                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6263         Ex->getLocStart(),
6264         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6265         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6266         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6267             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
6268   } else {
6269     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6270                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6271                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6272                          Ex->getLocStart(),
6273                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6274                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6275   }
6276 
6277   return true;
6278 }
6279 
6280 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
6281                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6282                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6283                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6284                               unsigned firstDataArg,
6285                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
6286                               bool inFunctionCall,
6287                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6288                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6289                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
6290   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
6291   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
6292     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6293       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6294       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6295       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6296     return;
6297   }
6298 
6299   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6300   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6301   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6302   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6303   const ConstantArrayType *T =
6304     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6305   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6306   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6307   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6308   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
6309 
6310   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
6311   // embedded null character.
6312   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
6313       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
6314     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6315         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6316         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
6317         FExpr->getLocStart(),
6318         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6319     return;
6320   }
6321 
6322   // CHECK: empty format string?
6323   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6324     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6325       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6326       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6327       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6328     return;
6329   }
6330 
6331   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6332       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6333       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6334     CheckPrintfHandler H(
6335         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6336         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str,
6337         HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
6338         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6339 
6340     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6341                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6342                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6343                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6344       H.DoneProcessing();
6345   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6346     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
6347                         numDataArgs, Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6348                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6349 
6350     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6351                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6352                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6353       H.DoneProcessing();
6354   } // TODO: handle other formats
6355 }
6356 
6357 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6358   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6359   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6360   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6361   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6362   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6363   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6364   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6365   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6366   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6367                                                          getLangOpts(),
6368                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6369 }
6370 
6371 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6372 
6373 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6374 // does not exist.
6375 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6376   switch (AbsFunction) {
6377   default:
6378     return 0;
6379 
6380   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6381     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6382   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6383     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6384   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6385     return 0;
6386 
6387   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6388     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6389   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6390     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6391   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6392     return 0;
6393 
6394   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6395     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6396   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6397     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6398   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6399     return 0;
6400 
6401   case Builtin::BIabs:
6402     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6403   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6404     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6405   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6406     return 0;
6407 
6408   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6409     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6410   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6411     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6412   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6413     return 0;
6414 
6415   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6416    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6417   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6418     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6419   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6420     return 0;
6421   }
6422 }
6423 
6424 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6425 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6426                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6427   if (AbsType == 0)
6428     return QualType();
6429 
6430   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6431   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6432   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6433     return QualType();
6434 
6435   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6436   if (!FT)
6437     return QualType();
6438 
6439   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6440     return QualType();
6441 
6442   return FT->getParamType(0);
6443 }
6444 
6445 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6446 // current absolute value function.
6447 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6448                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6449   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6450   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6451   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6452        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6453     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6454     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6455       if (BestKind == 0)
6456         BestKind = Kind;
6457       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6458         BestKind = Kind;
6459         break;
6460       }
6461     }
6462   }
6463   return BestKind;
6464 }
6465 
6466 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6467   AVK_Integer,
6468   AVK_Floating,
6469   AVK_Complex
6470 };
6471 
6472 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6473   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6474     return AVK_Integer;
6475   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6476     return AVK_Floating;
6477   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6478     return AVK_Complex;
6479 
6480   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6481 }
6482 
6483 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6484 // the function is a builtin.
6485 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6486                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6487   switch (ValueKind) {
6488   case AVK_Integer:
6489     switch (AbsKind) {
6490     default:
6491       return 0;
6492     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6493     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6494     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6495     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6496     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6497     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6498       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6499     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6500     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6501     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6502     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6503     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6504     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6505       return Builtin::BIabs;
6506     }
6507   case AVK_Floating:
6508     switch (AbsKind) {
6509     default:
6510       return 0;
6511     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6512     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6513     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6514     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6515     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6516     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6517       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6518     case Builtin::BIabs:
6519     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6520     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6521     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6522     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6523     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6524       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6525     }
6526   case AVK_Complex:
6527     switch (AbsKind) {
6528     default:
6529       return 0;
6530     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6531     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6532     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6533     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6534     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6535     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6536       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6537     case Builtin::BIabs:
6538     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6539     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6540     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6541     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6542     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6543       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6544     }
6545   }
6546   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6547 }
6548 
6549 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6550   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6551   if (!FnInfo)
6552     return 0;
6553 
6554   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6555   default:
6556     return 0;
6557   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6558   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6559   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6560   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6561   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6562   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6563   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6564   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6565   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6566   case Builtin::BIabs:
6567   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6568   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6569   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6570   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6571   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6572   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6573   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6574   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6575     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6576   }
6577   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6578 }
6579 
6580 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6581 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6582 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6583                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6584   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6585   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6586   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6587   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6588     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6589     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6590       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6591     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6592       HeaderName = "cmath";
6593     } else {
6594       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6595     }
6596 
6597     // Lookup all std::abs
6598     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6599       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6600       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6601       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6602 
6603       for (const auto *I : R) {
6604         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6605         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6606           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6607         } else {
6608           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6609         }
6610         if (!FDecl)
6611           continue;
6612 
6613         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6614         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6615           continue;
6616 
6617         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6618         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6619         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6620             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6621                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6622           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6623           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6624           break;
6625         }
6626       }
6627     }
6628   } else {
6629     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6630     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6631 
6632     if (HeaderName) {
6633       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6634       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6635       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6636       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6637 
6638       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6639         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6640         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6641           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6642         } else {
6643           return;
6644         }
6645       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6646         return;
6647       }
6648     }
6649   }
6650 
6651   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6652       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6653 
6654   if (!HeaderName)
6655     return;
6656 
6657   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6658     return;
6659 
6660   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6661                                                     << FunctionName;
6662 }
6663 
6664 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6665   if (!FDecl)
6666     return false;
6667 
6668   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
6669     return false;
6670 
6671   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
6672 
6673   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
6674     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
6675   }
6676 
6677   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
6678     return false;
6679 
6680   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
6681     return false;
6682 
6683   return true;
6684 }
6685 
6686 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
6687 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
6688                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6689                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
6690   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
6691     return;
6692 
6693   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
6694   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
6695   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
6696     return;
6697 
6698   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6699   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
6700 
6701   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
6702   // function call.
6703   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
6704     const char *FunctionName =
6705         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6706     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
6707     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
6708         << FunctionName
6709         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6710     return;
6711   }
6712 
6713   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
6714   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
6715   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
6716     unsigned DiagType = 0;
6717     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
6718       DiagType = 1;
6719     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
6720       DiagType = 2;
6721 
6722     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
6723     return;
6724   }
6725 
6726   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
6727   // from occurring.
6728   if (IsStdAbs)
6729     return;
6730 
6731   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
6732   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
6733 
6734   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
6735   // size.
6736   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
6737     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
6738       return;
6739 
6740     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
6741     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
6742         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
6743 
6744     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6745       return;
6746 
6747     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6748                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6749     return;
6750   }
6751 
6752   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
6753   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
6754   // proper one.
6755   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
6756   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
6757   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6758     return;
6759 
6760   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
6761       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
6762 
6763   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6764                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6765 }
6766 
6767 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
6768 
6769 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
6770 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
6771 ///
6772 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
6773 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
6774                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
6775                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
6776                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6777   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6778   if (!Size)
6779     return false;
6780 
6781   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
6782   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
6783     return false;
6784 
6785   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
6786   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
6787       << SizeRange << FnName;
6788   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
6789       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6790                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
6791       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
6792   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
6793       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
6794       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
6795                                     ")");
6796 
6797   return true;
6798 }
6799 
6800 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
6801 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
6802 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
6803                                                      bool &IsContained) {
6804   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
6805   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6806   IsContained = false;
6807 
6808   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6809   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
6810   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
6811     return nullptr;
6812 
6813   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
6814     return RD;
6815 
6816   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
6817   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
6818   // infinite recursion is impossible.
6819   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6820     bool SubContained;
6821     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6822             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
6823       IsContained = true;
6824       return ContainedRD;
6825     }
6826   }
6827 
6828   return nullptr;
6829 }
6830 
6831 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
6832 /// otherwise returns NULL.
6833 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6834   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6835       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6836     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
6837       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6838 
6839   return nullptr;
6840 }
6841 
6842 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
6843 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
6844   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6845       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6846     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
6847       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
6848 
6849   return QualType();
6850 }
6851 
6852 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
6853 ///
6854 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
6855 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
6856 /// function calls.
6857 ///
6858 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
6859 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6860                                    unsigned BId,
6861                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6862   assert(BId != 0);
6863 
6864   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
6865   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
6866   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
6867       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
6868   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
6869     return;
6870 
6871   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
6872                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6873   unsigned LenArg =
6874       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6875   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6876 
6877   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
6878                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6879     return;
6880 
6881   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
6882   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
6883   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
6884   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
6885 
6886   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
6887   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
6888   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
6889   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6890   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6891     return;
6892 
6893   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
6894     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6895     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
6896 
6897     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
6898     QualType PointeeTy;
6899     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6900       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
6901 
6902       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
6903       // false positives.
6904       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
6905         continue;
6906 
6907       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
6908       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
6909       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
6910       // enabled.
6911       if (SizeOfArg &&
6912           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
6913                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
6914         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
6915         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
6916         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
6917           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
6918         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
6919         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
6920         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
6921           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
6922           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
6923           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
6924           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
6925 
6926           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
6927             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6928               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
6929           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
6930               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
6931             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
6932                            // suggest an explicit length.
6933 
6934           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
6935           // expansion.
6936           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
6937           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
6938           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
6939           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6940 
6941           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6942             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
6943             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6944             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
6945                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
6946             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
6947                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6948           }
6949 
6950           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6951                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6952                                 << ReadableName
6953                                 << PointeeTy
6954                                 << DestTy
6955                                 << DSR
6956                                 << SSR);
6957           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6958                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6959                                 << ActionIdx
6960                                 << SSR);
6961 
6962           break;
6963         }
6964       }
6965 
6966       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6967       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6968       // record type.
6969       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6970         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6971             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6972           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6973                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6974                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6975                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6976                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6977           break;
6978         }
6979       }
6980     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6981       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6982     }
6983 
6984     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6985       continue;
6986 
6987     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6988     bool IsContained;
6989     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6990             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6991 
6992       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6993       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6994       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6995       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6996         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6997           OperationType = 1;
6998         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6999           OperationType = 2;
7000         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
7001           OperationType = 3;
7002       }
7003 
7004       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7005         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7006         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
7007           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
7008           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
7009           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7010     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
7011              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
7012       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7013         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7014         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
7015           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
7016           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7017     else
7018       continue;
7019 
7020     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7021       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7022       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
7023         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
7024     break;
7025   }
7026 }
7027 
7028 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
7029 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
7030 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
7031 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
7032   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
7033 
7034   for (;;) {
7035     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
7036     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
7037       break;
7038 
7039     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7040     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7041 
7042     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
7043       Ex = LHS;
7044     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
7045       Ex = RHS;
7046     else
7047       break;
7048   }
7049 
7050   return Ex;
7051 }
7052 
7053 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
7054                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
7055   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
7056   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
7057     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
7058     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
7059       return false;
7060   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
7061     return false;
7062   }
7063   return true;
7064 }
7065 
7066 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
7067 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
7068 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7069                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7070 
7071   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
7072   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
7073   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
7074     return;
7075 
7076   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
7077   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
7078   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
7079 
7080   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
7081                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7082     return;
7083 
7084   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
7085   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
7086     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
7087   else {
7088     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
7089     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
7090       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
7091           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
7092         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
7093     }
7094   }
7095 
7096   if (!CompareWithSrc)
7097     return;
7098 
7099   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
7100   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
7101   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
7102   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
7103   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
7104   if (!SrcArgDRE)
7105     return;
7106 
7107   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
7108   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
7109       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
7110     return;
7111 
7112   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
7113   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7114     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
7115 
7116   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
7117   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
7118   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
7119   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
7120   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7121   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
7122     return;
7123 
7124   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7125   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7126   OS << "sizeof(";
7127   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7128   OS << ")";
7129 
7130   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7131     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
7132                                     OS.str());
7133 }
7134 
7135 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
7136 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
7137   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
7138     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
7139       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
7140   return false;
7141 }
7142 
7143 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7144   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
7145     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
7146     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
7147       return nullptr;
7148     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7149   }
7150   return nullptr;
7151 }
7152 
7153 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
7154 // The correct size argument should look like following:
7155 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
7156 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
7157                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7158   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
7159   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
7160     return;
7161   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7162   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7163   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7164 
7165   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
7166                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
7167     return;
7168 
7169   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
7170   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
7171   unsigned PatternType = 0;
7172   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
7173     // - sizeof(dst)
7174     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
7175       PatternType = 1;
7176     // - sizeof(src)
7177     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
7178       PatternType = 2;
7179   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
7180     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
7181       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7182       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7183       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
7184       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
7185           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
7186         PatternType = 1;
7187       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
7188       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
7189         PatternType = 2;
7190     }
7191   }
7192 
7193   if (PatternType == 0)
7194     return;
7195 
7196   // Generate the diagnostic.
7197   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
7198   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
7199   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7200 
7201   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
7202   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7203     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7204     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
7205                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
7206   }
7207 
7208   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
7209   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
7210   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
7211                                                                     Context);
7212   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
7213     if (PatternType == 1)
7214       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
7215     else
7216       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7217     return;
7218   }
7219 
7220   if (PatternType == 1)
7221     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
7222   else
7223     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7224 
7225   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7226   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7227   OS << "sizeof(";
7228   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7229   OS << ") - ";
7230   OS << "strlen(";
7231   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7232   OS << ") - 1";
7233 
7234   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
7235     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
7236 }
7237 
7238 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
7239 
7240 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7241                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7242                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
7243 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7244                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7245                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
7246 
7247 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
7248 ///   of a stack variable.
7249 static void
7250 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7251                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
7252 
7253   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
7254   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
7255 
7256   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
7257   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
7258   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
7259       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
7260     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7261   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
7262     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7263   }
7264 
7265   if (!stackE)
7266     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
7267 
7268   // Parameters are initalized in the calling scope, so taking the address
7269   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
7270   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
7271     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
7272       return;
7273 
7274   SourceLocation diagLoc;
7275   SourceRange diagRange;
7276   if (refVars.empty()) {
7277     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
7278     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
7279   } else {
7280     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
7281     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
7282     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
7283     // reference variables using notes.
7284     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
7285     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
7286   }
7287 
7288   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
7289     // address of local var
7290     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
7291      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
7292   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
7293     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
7294   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
7295     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
7296   } else { // local temporary.
7297     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
7298     // reference type is used, not the reference.
7299     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
7300       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
7301         return;
7302       }
7303     }
7304     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
7305      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
7306   }
7307 
7308   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
7309   // found the problematic expression using notes.
7310   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7311     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
7312     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
7313     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
7314     // show the range of the expression.
7315     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
7316                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
7317     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
7318         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
7319   }
7320 }
7321 
7322 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7323 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7324 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7325 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7326 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7327 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7328 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7329 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7330 ///
7331 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7332 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7333 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7334 ///
7335 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7336 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7337 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7338 ///  expressions.
7339 ///
7340 ///  This implementation handles:
7341 ///
7342 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7343 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7344 ///   * taking the address of fields
7345 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7346 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7347 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7348 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7349                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7350                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7351   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7352     return nullptr;
7353 
7354   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7355   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7356           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7357           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7358          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7359 
7360   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7361 
7362   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7363   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7364   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7365   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7366   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7367     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7368 
7369     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7370     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7371       return nullptr;
7372 
7373     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7374       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7375       // it points to.
7376       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7377           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7378         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7379         refVars.push_back(DR);
7380         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7381       }
7382 
7383     return nullptr;
7384   }
7385 
7386   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7387     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7388     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7389     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7390 
7391     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7392       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7393     return nullptr;
7394   }
7395 
7396   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7397     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7398     // in this context.
7399     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7400     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7401 
7402     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7403       return nullptr;
7404 
7405     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7406 
7407     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7408     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7409     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7410       Base = B->getRHS();
7411 
7412     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7413     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7414   }
7415 
7416   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7417   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7418   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7419     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7420 
7421     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7422     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7423     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7424       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7425       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7426         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7427           return LHS;
7428     }
7429 
7430     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7431     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7432       return nullptr;
7433 
7434     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7435   }
7436 
7437   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7438     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7439       return E; // local block.
7440     return nullptr;
7441 
7442   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7443     return E; // address of label.
7444 
7445   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7446     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7447                     ParentDecl);
7448 
7449   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7450   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7451   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7452   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7453   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7454   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7455   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7456   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7457   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7458   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7459     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7460     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7461     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7462     case CK_NoOp:
7463     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7464     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7465     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7466     case CK_Dynamic:
7467     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7468     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7469     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7470       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7471 
7472     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7473       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7474 
7475     case CK_BitCast:
7476       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7477           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7478           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7479         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7480       else
7481         return nullptr;
7482 
7483     default:
7484       return nullptr;
7485     }
7486   }
7487 
7488   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7489     if (const Expr *Result =
7490             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7491                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7492       return Result;
7493     return E;
7494 
7495   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7496   default:
7497     return nullptr;
7498   }
7499 }
7500 
7501 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7502 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7503 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7504                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7505                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7506   do {
7507     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7508     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7509     // instead
7510     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7511 
7512     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7513     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7514     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7515 
7516     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7517     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7518     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7519       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7520       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7521         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7522         continue;
7523       }
7524       return nullptr;
7525     }
7526 
7527     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7528       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7529                      ParentDecl);
7530 
7531     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7532       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7533       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7534       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7535       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7536 
7537       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7538       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7539         return nullptr;
7540 
7541       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7542         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7543         if (V == ParentDecl)
7544           return DR;
7545 
7546         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7547           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7548             return DR;
7549 
7550           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7551           // it points to.
7552           if (V->hasInit()) {
7553             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7554             refVars.push_back(DR);
7555             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7556           }
7557         }
7558       }
7559 
7560       return nullptr;
7561     }
7562 
7563     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7564       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7565       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7566       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7567       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7568 
7569       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7570         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7571 
7572       return nullptr;
7573     }
7574 
7575     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7576       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7577       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7578       // has local storage.
7579       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7580       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7581         return nullptr;
7582       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7583     }
7584 
7585     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7586       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7587                       ParentDecl);
7588     }
7589 
7590     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7591       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7592       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7593       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7594 
7595       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7596       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7597         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7598         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7599           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7600             return LHS;
7601       }
7602 
7603       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7604       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7605         return nullptr;
7606 
7607       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7608     }
7609 
7610     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7611     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7612       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7613 
7614       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7615       if (M->isArrow())
7616         return nullptr;
7617 
7618       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
7619       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
7620       // to.
7621       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
7622         return nullptr;
7623 
7624       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7625     }
7626 
7627     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7628       if (const Expr *Result =
7629               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7630                       refVars, ParentDecl))
7631         return Result;
7632       return E;
7633 
7634     default:
7635       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
7636       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
7637       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
7638         return E;
7639 
7640       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7641       return nullptr;
7642     }
7643   } while (true);
7644 }
7645 
7646 void
7647 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7648                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
7649                          bool isObjCMethod,
7650                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
7651                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7652   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
7653 
7654   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
7655   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
7656        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
7657       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7658     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
7659       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
7660 
7661   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
7662   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
7663   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
7664   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
7665   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
7666   if (FD) {
7667     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
7668     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
7669       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
7670         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7671       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
7672           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7673         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
7674           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
7675     }
7676   }
7677 }
7678 
7679 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
7680 
7681 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7682 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
7683 /// to do what the programmer intended.
7684 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7685   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7686   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7687 
7688   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
7689   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
7690   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7691     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7692       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7693         return;
7694 
7695   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
7696   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
7697   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
7698   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
7699   //  lead to false negatives.
7700   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
7701     if (FLL->isExact())
7702       return;
7703   } else
7704     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
7705       if (FLR->isExact())
7706         return;
7707 
7708   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
7709   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7710     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
7711       return;
7712 
7713   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7714     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
7715       return;
7716 
7717   // Emit the diagnostic.
7718   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
7719     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7720 }
7721 
7722 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
7723 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
7724 
7725 namespace {
7726 
7727 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
7728 /// expression.
7729 struct IntRange {
7730   /// The number of bits active in the int.
7731   unsigned Width;
7732 
7733   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
7734   bool NonNegative;
7735 
7736   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
7737     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
7738   {}
7739 
7740   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
7741   static IntRange forBoolType() {
7742     return IntRange(1, true);
7743   }
7744 
7745   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
7746   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
7747     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
7748                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
7749   }
7750 
7751   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
7752   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7753     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7754 
7755     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7756       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7757     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7758       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7759     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7760       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7761 
7762     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
7763     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
7764       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
7765       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
7766         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
7767 
7768       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
7769       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
7770 
7771       if (NumNegative == 0)
7772         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
7773       else
7774         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
7775                         false/*NonNegative*/);
7776     }
7777 
7778     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7779     assert(BT->isInteger());
7780 
7781     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7782   }
7783 
7784   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
7785   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
7786   ///
7787   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
7788   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
7789   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7790     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7791 
7792     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7793       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7794     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7795       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7796     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7797       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7798     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
7799       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
7800 
7801     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7802     assert(BT->isInteger());
7803 
7804     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7805   }
7806 
7807   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
7808   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7809     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
7810                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7811   }
7812 
7813   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
7814   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7815     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
7816                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
7817   }
7818 };
7819 
7820 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7821   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
7822     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
7823 
7824   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
7825     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
7826 
7827   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
7828   // signedness.
7829   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
7830 }
7831 
7832 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
7833                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
7834   if (result.isInt())
7835     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
7836 
7837   if (result.isVector()) {
7838     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
7839     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
7840       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
7841       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
7842     }
7843     return R;
7844   }
7845 
7846   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
7847     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
7848     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
7849     return IntRange::join(R, I);
7850   }
7851 
7852   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
7853   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
7854   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
7855   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
7856   // preserved this.
7857   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
7858   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7859 }
7860 
7861 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
7862   QualType Ty = E->getType();
7863   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
7864     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
7865   return Ty;
7866 }
7867 
7868 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
7869 /// range of values it might take.
7870 ///
7871 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
7872 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7873   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7874 
7875   // Try a full evaluation first.
7876   Expr::EvalResult result;
7877   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
7878     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
7879 
7880   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
7881   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
7882   // being of the new, wider type.
7883   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7884     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7885       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7886 
7887     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
7888 
7889     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
7890                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7891 
7892     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
7893     if (!isIntegerCast)
7894       return OutputTypeRange;
7895 
7896     IntRange SubRange
7897       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
7898                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
7899 
7900     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
7901     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
7902       return OutputTypeRange;
7903 
7904     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
7905     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
7906     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
7907                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
7908   }
7909 
7910   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7911     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
7912     bool CondResult;
7913     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
7914       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
7915                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
7916                           MaxWidth);
7917 
7918     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
7919     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
7920     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
7921     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7922   }
7923 
7924   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7925     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
7926 
7927     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
7928     case BO_LAnd:
7929     case BO_LOr:
7930     case BO_LT:
7931     case BO_GT:
7932     case BO_LE:
7933     case BO_GE:
7934     case BO_EQ:
7935     case BO_NE:
7936       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7937 
7938     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
7939     // is not necessarily the same type.
7940     case BO_MulAssign:
7941     case BO_DivAssign:
7942     case BO_RemAssign:
7943     case BO_AddAssign:
7944     case BO_SubAssign:
7945     case BO_XorAssign:
7946     case BO_OrAssign:
7947       // TODO: bitfields?
7948       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7949 
7950     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
7951     // been coerced to the LHS type.
7952     case BO_Assign:
7953       // TODO: bitfields?
7954       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7955 
7956     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7957     case BO_PtrMemD:
7958     case BO_PtrMemI:
7959       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7960 
7961     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7962     case BO_And:
7963     case BO_AndAssign:
7964       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7965                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7966 
7967     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7968     case BO_Shl:
7969       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7970       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7971       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7972             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7973         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7974           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7975           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7976         }
7977       }
7978       // fallthrough
7979 
7980     case BO_ShlAssign:
7981       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7982 
7983     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7984     case BO_Shr:
7985     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7986       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7987 
7988       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7989       // that much.
7990       llvm::APSInt shift;
7991       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7992           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7993         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7994         if (zext >= L.Width)
7995           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7996         else
7997           L.Width -= zext;
7998       }
7999 
8000       return L;
8001     }
8002 
8003     // Comma acts as its right operand.
8004     case BO_Comma:
8005       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8006 
8007     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
8008     case BO_Sub:
8009       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
8010         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8011       break;
8012 
8013     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
8014     // of the LHS.
8015     case BO_Div: {
8016       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8017       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8018       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8019 
8020       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
8021       llvm::APSInt divisor;
8022       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
8023         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
8024         if (log2 >= L.Width)
8025           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8026         else
8027           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
8028         return L;
8029       }
8030 
8031       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
8032       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8033       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8034     }
8035 
8036     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
8037     // either side.
8038     case BO_Rem: {
8039       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8040       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8041       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8042       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8043 
8044       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
8045       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
8046       return meet;
8047     }
8048 
8049     // The default behavior is okay for these.
8050     case BO_Mul:
8051     case BO_Add:
8052     case BO_Xor:
8053     case BO_Or:
8054       break;
8055     }
8056 
8057     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
8058     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
8059     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8060     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8061     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8062   }
8063 
8064   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8065     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
8066     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
8067     case UO_LNot:
8068       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8069 
8070     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8071     case UO_Deref:
8072     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
8073       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8074 
8075     default:
8076       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8077     }
8078   }
8079 
8080   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
8081     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
8082 
8083   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
8084     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
8085                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8086 
8087   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8088 }
8089 
8090 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
8091   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
8092 }
8093 
8094 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8095 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8096 /// target semantics.
8097 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
8098                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8099                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8100   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
8101 
8102   bool ignored;
8103   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8104   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8105 
8106   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
8107 }
8108 
8109 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8110 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8111 /// target semantics.
8112 ///
8113 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
8114 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
8115                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8116                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8117   if (value.isFloat())
8118     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
8119 
8120   if (value.isVector()) {
8121     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
8122       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
8123         return false;
8124     return true;
8125   }
8126 
8127   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
8128   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
8129           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
8130 }
8131 
8132 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8133 
8134 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8135   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
8136   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
8137       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8138     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
8139       return false;
8140 
8141   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
8142   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
8143     return false;
8144 
8145   llvm::APSInt Value;
8146   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
8147 }
8148 
8149 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
8150   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
8151   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8152     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
8153         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
8154       break;
8155     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
8156   }
8157 
8158   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
8159 }
8160 
8161 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8162   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8163   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8164     return;
8165 
8166   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8167   if (E->isValueDependent())
8168     return;
8169 
8170   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8171     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8172       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8173       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8174   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8175     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8176       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8177       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8178   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8179     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8180       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8181       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8182   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8183     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8184       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8185       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8186   }
8187 }
8188 
8189 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
8190                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
8191                                   bool RhsConstant) {
8192   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8193   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8194     return;
8195 
8196   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
8197   // on the bit ranges.
8198   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
8199   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
8200     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
8201   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
8202   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
8203 
8204   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
8205 
8206   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
8207   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
8208     return;
8209 
8210   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8211   bool IsTrue = true;
8212 
8213   // Used for diagnostic printout.
8214   enum {
8215     LiteralConstant = 0,
8216     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
8217     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
8218   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8219 
8220   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
8221     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
8222     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
8223 
8224     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
8225       return;
8226     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
8227            "comparison with non-integer type");
8228 
8229     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
8230     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
8231 
8232     bool EqualityOnly = false;
8233 
8234     if (CommonSigned) {
8235       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
8236       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8237         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8238         if (ConstantSigned) {
8239           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
8240             return;
8241         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8242           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
8243             return;
8244         }
8245       } else { // !OtherSigned
8246                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8247         // Negative values are out of range.
8248         if (ConstantSigned) {
8249           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8250             return;
8251         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8252           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8253             return;
8254         }
8255       }
8256     } else { // !CommonSigned
8257       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8258         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8259           return;
8260       } else { // OtherSigned
8261         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
8262                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
8263         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
8264         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
8265           return;
8266         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
8267         // cast to CommonT.
8268         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
8269                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
8270             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
8271           return;
8272         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
8273         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
8274         // comparisons will be tautological.
8275         EqualityOnly = true;
8276       }
8277     }
8278 
8279     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
8280 
8281     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
8282       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
8283     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
8284       return;
8285     } else if (RhsConstant) {
8286       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
8287         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8288       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
8289         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8290     } else {
8291       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
8292         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8293       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
8294         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8295     }
8296   } else {
8297     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
8298     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
8299     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
8300     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
8301 
8302     static const struct LinkedConditions {
8303       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8304       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8305       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8306       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8307       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8308       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8309 
8310     } TruthTable = {
8311         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
8312         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
8313         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
8314         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
8315         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
8316         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
8317         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
8318         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
8319       };
8320 
8321     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8322 
8323     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8324     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8325       if (Value == 0) {
8326         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8327             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8328         ConstVal = Zero;
8329       } else if (Value == 1) {
8330         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8331             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8332         ConstVal = One;
8333       } else {
8334         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8335         ConstVal = GT_One;
8336       }
8337     } else {
8338       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8339     }
8340 
8341     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8342 
8343     switch (op) {
8344     case BO_LT:
8345       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8346       break;
8347     case BO_GT:
8348       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8349       break;
8350     case BO_LE:
8351       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8352       break;
8353     case BO_GE:
8354       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8355       break;
8356     case BO_EQ:
8357       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8358       break;
8359     case BO_NE:
8360       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8361       break;
8362     default:
8363       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8364       break;
8365     }
8366 
8367     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8368       IsTrue = false;
8369     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8370       IsTrue = true;
8371     } else {
8372       return;
8373     }
8374   }
8375 
8376   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8377   // constant in the diagnostic.
8378   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8379   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8380     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8381 
8382   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8383   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8384   if (ED)
8385     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8386   else
8387     OS << Value;
8388 
8389   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8390     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8391     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8392         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8393         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8394         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8395 }
8396 
8397 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8398 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8399 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8400   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8401   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8402 }
8403 
8404 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8405 ///
8406 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8407 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8408   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8409   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8410 
8411   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8412   // the same type.
8413   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8414     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8415 
8416   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8417   if (E->isValueDependent())
8418     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8419 
8420   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8421   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8422 
8423   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8424 
8425   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8426   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8427   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8428     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8429     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8430       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8431     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8432     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8433       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8434     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8435         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8436     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8437       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8438     else
8439       IsComparisonConstant =
8440         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8441   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8442       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8443 
8444   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8445   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8446   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8447   //
8448   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8449   // whose result is a constant.
8450   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8451     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8452 
8453   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8454   // signedness.
8455   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8456   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8457     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8458            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8459     signedOperand = LHS;
8460     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8461   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8462     signedOperand = RHS;
8463     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8464   } else {
8465     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8466     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8467   }
8468 
8469   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8470   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8471 
8472   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8473   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8474   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8475   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8476 
8477   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8478   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8479   // or false.
8480   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8481     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8482 
8483   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8484   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8485   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8486   // change the result of the comparison.
8487   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8488     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8489     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8490 
8491     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8492     // non-negative.
8493     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8494 
8495     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8496       return;
8497   }
8498 
8499   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8500     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8501       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8502       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8503 }
8504 
8505 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8506 ///
8507 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8508 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8509                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8510   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8511   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8512     return false;
8513 
8514   // White-list bool bitfields.
8515   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8516     return false;
8517 
8518   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8519   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8520       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8521       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8522       Init->isTypeDependent())
8523     return false;
8524 
8525   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8526 
8527   llvm::APSInt Value;
8528   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
8529     return false;
8530 
8531   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8532   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8533 
8534   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8535     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8536       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8537         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8538 
8539   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8540     return false;
8541 
8542   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8543   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8544   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
8545 
8546   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
8547   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
8548   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
8549     return false;
8550 
8551   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
8552   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
8553   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
8554     return false;
8555 
8556   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
8557   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
8558 
8559   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
8560     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
8561     << Init->getSourceRange();
8562 
8563   return true;
8564 }
8565 
8566 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
8567 /// operations.
8568 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8569   // Just recurse on the LHS.
8570   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8571 
8572   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
8573   // a bitfield.
8574   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
8575     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
8576                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
8577       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
8578       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8579                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
8580     }
8581   }
8582 
8583   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8584 }
8585 
8586 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8587 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
8588                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
8589                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8590   if (pruneControlFlow) {
8591     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8592                           S.PDiag(diag)
8593                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
8594                             << SourceRange(CContext));
8595     return;
8596   }
8597   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
8598     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8599 }
8600 
8601 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8602 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
8603                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8604   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
8605 }
8606 
8607 
8608 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
8609 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8610 
8611                              SourceLocation CContext) {
8612   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
8613   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
8614 
8615   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8616   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
8617   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
8618     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
8619       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8620 
8621   const bool IsLiteral =
8622       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
8623 
8624   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
8625   bool IsConstant =
8626     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
8627   if (!IsConstant) {
8628     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8629                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8630   }
8631 
8632   bool isExact = false;
8633 
8634   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
8635                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
8636   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
8637                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
8638       isExact) {
8639     if (IsLiteral) return;
8640     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
8641                            PruneWarnings);
8642   }
8643 
8644   unsigned DiagID = 0;
8645   if (IsLiteral) {
8646     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
8647     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
8648   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
8649     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
8650       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8651                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8652     }
8653     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
8654     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
8655   } else {
8656     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
8657       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
8658         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8659                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8660       }
8661     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
8662       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
8663           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
8664         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8665                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8666       }
8667     }
8668     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
8669     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
8670   }
8671 
8672   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
8673   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
8674   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
8675   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
8676   // tricky to implement.
8677   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
8678   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
8679   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
8680   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
8681 
8682   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
8683   if (IsBool)
8684     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
8685   else
8686     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
8687 
8688   if (PruneWarnings) {
8689     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8690                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
8691                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
8692                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8693                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
8694   } else {
8695     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
8696         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
8697         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8698   }
8699 }
8700 
8701 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
8702   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
8703 
8704   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
8705   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
8706   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
8707   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
8708 }
8709 
8710 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
8711   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
8712     return false;
8713 
8714   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8715   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
8716   const Type *Source =
8717     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
8718   if (Target->isDependentType())
8719     return false;
8720 
8721   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
8722     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
8723   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
8724 
8725   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
8726           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
8727 }
8728 
8729 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8730                                       SourceLocation CC) {
8731   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
8732   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
8733     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
8734     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
8735       continue;
8736 
8737     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
8738         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
8739     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
8740         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
8741     if (IsSwapped) {
8742       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
8743       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8744                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
8745                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8746     }
8747   }
8748 }
8749 
8750 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
8751   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
8752                         E->getExprLoc()))
8753     return;
8754 
8755   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
8756   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
8757     return;
8758 
8759   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
8760   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
8761       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
8762   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
8763     return;
8764 
8765   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
8766   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
8767       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
8768     return;
8769 
8770   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8771 
8772   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
8773   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
8774   // passed in.
8775   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
8776     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8777 
8778   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
8779     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
8780 
8781   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
8782   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
8783     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
8784         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
8785     if (MacroName == "NULL")
8786       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
8787   }
8788 
8789   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
8790   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
8791     return;
8792 
8793   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
8794       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
8795       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
8796                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
8797 }
8798 
8799 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8800                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
8801 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8802                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
8803 
8804 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
8805 /// target element type.
8806 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
8807                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
8808   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
8809   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
8810     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
8811         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8812       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
8813   }
8814 
8815   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
8816   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
8817   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
8818       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
8819                                          ElementResult,
8820                                          false, false)
8821         != Sema::Compatible) {
8822     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
8823            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
8824       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
8825       << Element->getSourceRange();
8826   }
8827 
8828   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
8829     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
8830   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
8831     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
8832 }
8833 
8834 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
8835 /// target type.
8836 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8837                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
8838   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
8839     return;
8840 
8841   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8842   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8843     return;
8844 
8845   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8846       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8847         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8848     return;
8849 
8850   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8851   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
8852     return;
8853 
8854   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
8855   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8856     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
8857                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
8858                                       0);
8859   }
8860 }
8861 
8862 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
8863 /// target type.
8864 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8865                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
8866   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
8867     return;
8868 
8869   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8870   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8871     return;
8872 
8873   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8874       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8875         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8876     return;
8877 
8878   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8879   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
8880     return;
8881 
8882   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
8883   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
8884   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8885     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
8886     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
8887     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
8888   }
8889 }
8890 
8891 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
8892 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
8893 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8894                                    SourceLocation CC) {
8895   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
8896   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
8897   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
8898   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8899     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
8900         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
8901     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
8902       return false;
8903   }
8904 
8905   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
8906   // assume it is an array initialization.
8907   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
8908     const char FirstContextCharacter =
8909         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
8910     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
8911       return false;
8912   }
8913 
8914   return true;
8915 }
8916 
8917 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8918                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
8919   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
8920 
8921   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
8922   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
8923   if (Source == Target) return;
8924   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
8925 
8926   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
8927   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
8928   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
8929   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
8930   // scenario, we just return.
8931   if (CC.isInvalid())
8932     return;
8933 
8934   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
8935   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
8936     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
8937       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
8938       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
8939       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
8940       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8941                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
8942     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
8943         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
8944       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
8945       // objects.
8946       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8947                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
8948     }
8949     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8950       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
8951       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
8952                                      SourceRange(CC));
8953     }
8954   }
8955 
8956   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
8957   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
8958   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
8959     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
8960   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
8961     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
8962 
8963   // Strip vector types.
8964   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8965     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8966       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8967         return;
8968       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8969     }
8970 
8971     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8972     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8973     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8974       return;
8975 
8976     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8977     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8978   }
8979   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8980     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8981 
8982   // Strip complex types.
8983   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8984     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8985       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8986         return;
8987 
8988       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8989     }
8990 
8991     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8992     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8993   }
8994 
8995   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8996   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8997 
8998   // If the source is floating point...
8999   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9000     // ...and the target is floating point...
9001     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9002       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
9003 
9004       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
9005       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
9006         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
9007         // representable in the target type.
9008         Expr::EvalResult result;
9009         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
9010           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
9011           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
9012                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
9013                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
9014             return;
9015         }
9016 
9017         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9018           return;
9019 
9020         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
9021       }
9022       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
9023       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
9024         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9025           return;
9026 
9027         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
9028       }
9029       return;
9030     }
9031 
9032     // If the target is integral, always warn.
9033     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
9034       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9035         return;
9036 
9037       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
9038     }
9039 
9040     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
9041     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
9042     // discover this typo:
9043     //
9044     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
9045     //
9046     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
9047     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
9048     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
9049       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
9050       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
9051       // is being cast to.
9052       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
9053       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
9054         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
9055         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9056         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
9057             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
9058           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
9059           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9060                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9061         }
9062       }
9063     }
9064     return;
9065   }
9066 
9067   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9068 
9069   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
9070 
9071   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
9072     return;
9073 
9074   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
9075   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
9076   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9077     return;
9078 
9079   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
9080   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
9081 
9082   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
9083     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
9084     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
9085     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
9086     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
9087       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9088         return;
9089 
9090       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9091       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9092 
9093       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9094         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9095             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9096             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
9097             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9098       return;
9099     }
9100 
9101     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
9102     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9103       return;
9104 
9105     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
9106       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
9107                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
9108     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
9109   }
9110 
9111   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
9112       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
9113     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
9114     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
9115     // cause a negative value to be stored.
9116 
9117     llvm::APSInt Value;
9118     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
9119         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
9120       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
9121         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9122         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9123 
9124         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9125             E->getExprLoc(), E,
9126             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9127                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
9128                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9129         return;
9130       }
9131     }
9132 
9133     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
9134   }
9135 
9136   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
9137       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
9138        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
9139     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9140       return;
9141 
9142     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
9143 
9144     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
9145     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
9146     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
9147     // in the sign-compare group.
9148     // The conditional-checking code will
9149     if (ICContext) {
9150       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
9151       *ICContext = true;
9152     }
9153 
9154     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
9155   }
9156 
9157   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
9158   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
9159   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
9160   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
9161   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9162     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9163       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
9164         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9165         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9166         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
9167       }
9168   }
9169 
9170   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
9171     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
9172       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9173           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9174           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
9175         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9176           return;
9177 
9178         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
9179                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
9180       }
9181 }
9182 
9183 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9184                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
9185 
9186 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9187                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
9188   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9189 
9190   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
9191     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
9192 
9193   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9194   if (E->getType() != T)
9195     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
9196 }
9197 
9198 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9199                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
9200   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
9201 
9202   bool Suspicious = false;
9203   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9204   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9205 
9206   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
9207   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
9208   if (!Suspicious) return;
9209 
9210   // ...but it's currently ignored...
9211   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
9212     return;
9213 
9214   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
9215   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
9216   if (E->getType() == T) return;
9217 
9218   Suspicious = false;
9219   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9220                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9221   if (!Suspicious)
9222     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9223                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9224 }
9225 
9226 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9227 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9228 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9229   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
9230     return;
9231   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
9232 }
9233 
9234 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
9235 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
9236 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
9237 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
9238   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
9239   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9240 
9241   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9242     return;
9243 
9244   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
9245   // were being fed directly into the output.
9246   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9247     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
9248     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
9249     return;
9250   }
9251 
9252   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
9253   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
9254     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
9255 
9256   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
9257   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
9258   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
9259   if (E->getType() != T)
9260     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9261 
9262   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
9263 
9264   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
9265     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
9266     // as transitive children.
9267     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
9268     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
9269       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
9270         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
9271   }
9272 
9273   // Skip past explicit casts.
9274   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9275     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9276     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9277   }
9278 
9279   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9280     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
9281     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
9282       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
9283 
9284     // And with simple assignments.
9285     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
9286       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
9287   }
9288 
9289   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
9290   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
9291   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
9292   // built into statements.
9293   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
9294 
9295   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
9296   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
9297 
9298   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
9299   CC = E->getExprLoc();
9300   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
9301   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
9302   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
9303     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
9304     if (!ChildExpr)
9305       continue;
9306 
9307     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
9308         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9309       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
9310       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
9311       continue;
9312     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
9313   }
9314 
9315   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
9316     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9317     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9318       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9319 
9320     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9321     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9322       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9323   }
9324 
9325   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9326     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9327       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9328 }
9329 
9330 } // end anonymous namespace
9331 
9332 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9333                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
9334   bool IllegalParams = false;
9335   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I) {
9336     QualType Ty = TheCall->getArg(I)->getType();
9337     // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9338     // allow any integer within 32 bits range
9339     if (!Ty->isIntegerType() ||
9340         S.Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity() > 4) {
9341       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart(),
9342              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9343       IllegalParams = true;
9344     }
9345     // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9346     // using -Wconversion.
9347     CheckImplicitConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(I), S.Context.UnsignedIntTy,
9348                             TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart());
9349   }
9350   return IllegalParams;
9351 }
9352 
9353 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9354 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9355 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9356                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9357   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9358 
9359   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9360 
9361   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9362     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9363       return false;
9364   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9365     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9366       return false;
9367   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9368     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9369       return false;
9370     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9371   } else {
9372     return false;
9373   }
9374 
9375   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9376 
9377   // If possible, point to location of function.
9378   if (FD) {
9379     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9380   }
9381 
9382   return true;
9383 }
9384 
9385 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9386 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9387 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9388 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9389   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9390     return false;
9391 
9392   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9393     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9394       return true;
9395     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9396   }
9397 
9398   return false;
9399 }
9400 
9401 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9402 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9403 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9404 /// compared to a null pointer
9405 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9406 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9407 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9408                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9409                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9410   if (!E)
9411     return;
9412 
9413   // Don't warn inside macros.
9414   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9415     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9416     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9417         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9418       return;
9419   }
9420   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9421 
9422   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9423 
9424   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9425     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9426                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9427     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9428     return;
9429   }
9430 
9431   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9432 
9433   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9434     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9435       return;
9436     IsAddressOf = true;
9437     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9438   }
9439 
9440   if (IsAddressOf) {
9441     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9442                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9443                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9444     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9445                                          << IsEqual;
9446     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9447       return;
9448     }
9449   }
9450 
9451   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9452     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9453     std::string Str;
9454     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9455     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9456     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9457                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9458     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9459       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9460     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9461   };
9462 
9463   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9464   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9465     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9466       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9467         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9468         return;
9469       }
9470     }
9471   }
9472 
9473   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9474   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9475   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9476     D = R->getDecl();
9477   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9478     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9479   }
9480 
9481   // Weak Decls can be null.
9482   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9483     return;
9484 
9485   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9486   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9487     if (getCurFunction() &&
9488         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9489       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9490         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9491         return;
9492       }
9493 
9494       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9495         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9496         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9497         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9498 
9499         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9500           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9501               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9502               return;
9503           }
9504 
9505           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9506             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9507               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9508               return;
9509             }
9510           }
9511         }
9512       }
9513     }
9514   }
9515 
9516   QualType T = D->getType();
9517   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9518   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9519 
9520   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9521   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9522     return;
9523   }
9524 
9525   // Found nothing.
9526   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9527     return;
9528 
9529   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9530   std::string Str;
9531   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9532   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9533 
9534   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9535                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9536   enum {
9537     AddressOf,
9538     FunctionPointer,
9539     ArrayPointer
9540   } DiagType;
9541   if (IsAddressOf)
9542     DiagType = AddressOf;
9543   else if (IsFunction)
9544     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9545   else if (IsArray)
9546     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9547   else
9548     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
9549   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
9550                                 << Range << IsEqual;
9551 
9552   if (!IsFunction)
9553     return;
9554 
9555   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
9556   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
9557       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
9558 
9559   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
9560   QualType ReturnType;
9561   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
9562   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
9563   if (ReturnType.isNull())
9564     return;
9565 
9566   if (IsCompare) {
9567     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
9568     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
9569     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
9570     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
9571       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
9572           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
9573         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
9574           return;
9575       } else {
9576         return;
9577       }
9578     }
9579   } else { // !IsCompare
9580     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
9581     // return type.
9582     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9583       return;
9584   }
9585   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
9586       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
9587 }
9588 
9589 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
9590 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
9591 /// and -Wsign-compare.
9592 ///
9593 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
9594 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
9595 ///   conversion
9596 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9597   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
9598   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
9599     return;
9600 
9601   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
9602   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9603     return;
9604 
9605   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
9606   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
9607   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
9608   CheckArrayAccess(E);
9609 
9610   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
9611   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
9612 }
9613 
9614 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9615 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9616 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9617   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
9618 }
9619 
9620 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
9621 /// results in integer overflow
9622 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
9623   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
9624   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
9625 
9626   do {
9627     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
9628 
9629     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9630       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
9631       continue;
9632     }
9633 
9634     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
9635       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
9636   } while (!Exprs.empty());
9637 }
9638 
9639 namespace {
9640 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
9641 /// same object.
9642 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
9643   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
9644 
9645   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
9646   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
9647   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
9648   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
9649   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
9650   class SequenceTree {
9651     struct Value {
9652       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
9653       unsigned Parent : 31;
9654       unsigned Merged : 1;
9655     };
9656     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
9657 
9658   public:
9659     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
9660     /// to some other region.
9661     class Seq {
9662       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
9663       unsigned Index;
9664       friend class SequenceTree;
9665     public:
9666       Seq() : Index(0) {}
9667     };
9668 
9669     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
9670     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
9671 
9672     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
9673     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
9674     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
9675     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
9676       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
9677       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
9678     }
9679 
9680     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
9681     void merge(Seq S) {
9682       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
9683     }
9684 
9685     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
9686     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
9687     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
9688     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
9689       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
9690       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
9691       while (C >= Target) {
9692         if (C == Target)
9693           return true;
9694         C = Values[C].Parent;
9695       }
9696       return false;
9697     }
9698 
9699   private:
9700     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
9701     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
9702       if (Values[K].Merged)
9703         // Perform path compression as we go.
9704         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
9705       return K;
9706     }
9707   };
9708 
9709   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
9710   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
9711 
9712   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
9713   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
9714   enum UsageKind {
9715     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
9716     UK_Use,
9717     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
9718     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
9719     UK_ModAsValue,
9720     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
9721     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
9722     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
9723 
9724     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
9725   };
9726 
9727   struct Usage {
9728     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
9729     Expr *Use;
9730     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
9731   };
9732 
9733   struct UsageInfo {
9734     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
9735     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
9736     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
9737     bool Diagnosed;
9738   };
9739   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
9740 
9741   Sema &SemaRef;
9742   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
9743   SequenceTree Tree;
9744   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
9745   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
9746   /// The region we are currently within.
9747   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
9748   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
9749   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
9750   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
9751   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
9752   /// stack usage.
9753   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
9754 
9755   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
9756   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
9757   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
9758   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
9759   /// UK_ModAsValue.
9760   struct SequencedSubexpression {
9761     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
9762       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
9763       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
9764     }
9765     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
9766       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
9767         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
9768         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
9769         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
9770         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
9771       }
9772       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
9773     }
9774 
9775     SequenceChecker &Self;
9776     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
9777     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
9778   };
9779 
9780   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
9781   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
9782   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
9783   /// the outer expression.
9784   class EvaluationTracker {
9785   public:
9786     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
9787         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
9788       Self.EvalTracker = this;
9789     }
9790     ~EvaluationTracker() {
9791       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
9792       if (Prev)
9793         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
9794     }
9795 
9796     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
9797       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
9798         return false;
9799       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
9800       return EvalOK;
9801     }
9802 
9803   private:
9804     SequenceChecker &Self;
9805     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
9806     bool EvalOK;
9807   } *EvalTracker;
9808 
9809   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
9810   /// if any.
9811   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
9812     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
9813     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9814       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
9815         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
9816     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9817       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
9818         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
9819       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
9820         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
9821     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9822       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
9823       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9824         return ME->getMemberDecl();
9825     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9826       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
9827       return DRE->getDecl();
9828     return nullptr;
9829   }
9830 
9831   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
9832   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
9833     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
9834     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
9835       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
9836         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
9837       U.Use = Ref;
9838       U.Seq = Region;
9839     }
9840   }
9841   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
9842   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
9843                   bool IsModMod) {
9844     if (UI.Diagnosed)
9845       return;
9846 
9847     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
9848     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
9849       return;
9850 
9851     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
9852     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
9853     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
9854       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
9855 
9856     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
9857                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
9858                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
9859       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
9860     UI.Diagnosed = true;
9861   }
9862 
9863   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9864     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9865     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
9866     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
9867   }
9868   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9869     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9870     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
9871     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
9872   }
9873 
9874   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
9875     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9876     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
9877     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
9878     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
9879   }
9880   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
9881     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9882     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
9883     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
9884   }
9885 
9886 public:
9887   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
9888       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
9889         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
9890     Visit(E);
9891   }
9892 
9893   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9894     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
9895   }
9896 
9897   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9898     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
9899     Base::VisitStmt(E);
9900   }
9901 
9902   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
9903     Object O = Object();
9904     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9905       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
9906 
9907     if (O)
9908       notePreUse(O, E);
9909     VisitExpr(E);
9910     if (O)
9911       notePostUse(O, E);
9912   }
9913 
9914   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9915     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
9916     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
9917     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
9918     //   effect associated with the right expression.
9919     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9920     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9921     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
9922 
9923     {
9924       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
9925       Region = LHS;
9926       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9927     }
9928 
9929     Region = RHS;
9930     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9931 
9932     Region = OldRegion;
9933 
9934     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
9935     // with respect to other stuff.
9936     Tree.merge(LHS);
9937     Tree.merge(RHS);
9938   }
9939 
9940   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9941     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
9942     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
9943     // map afterwards.
9944     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
9945     if (!O)
9946       return VisitExpr(BO);
9947 
9948     notePreMod(O, BO);
9949 
9950     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
9951     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
9952     //   only once.
9953     //
9954     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
9955     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
9956     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9957       notePreUse(O, BO);
9958 
9959     Visit(BO->getLHS());
9960 
9961     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9962       notePostUse(O, BO);
9963 
9964     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9965 
9966     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
9967     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
9968     //   assignment expression.
9969     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
9970     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9971                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9972   }
9973 
9974   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
9975     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
9976   }
9977 
9978   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9979   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9980   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9981     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9982     if (!O)
9983       return VisitExpr(UO);
9984 
9985     notePreMod(O, UO);
9986     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9987     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
9988     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9989     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9990                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9991   }
9992 
9993   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9994   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9995   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9996     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9997     if (!O)
9998       return VisitExpr(UO);
9999 
10000     notePreMod(O, UO);
10001     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
10002     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10003   }
10004 
10005   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
10006   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10007     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
10008     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
10009     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
10010     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
10011     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10012     {
10013       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10014       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10015     }
10016 
10017     bool Result;
10018     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10019       if (!Result)
10020         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10021     } else {
10022       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
10023       // entirely separate evaluation.
10024       //
10025       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
10026       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
10027       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
10028       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10029     }
10030   }
10031   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10032     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10033     {
10034       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10035       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10036     }
10037 
10038     bool Result;
10039     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10040       if (Result)
10041         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10042     } else {
10043       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10044     }
10045   }
10046 
10047   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
10048   // be chosen.
10049   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
10050     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10051     {
10052       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10053       Visit(CO->getCond());
10054     }
10055 
10056     bool Result;
10057     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
10058       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
10059     else {
10060       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
10061       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
10062     }
10063   }
10064 
10065   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
10066     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
10067     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
10068     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
10069     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
10070     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
10071     //   the value computation of its result].
10072     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10073     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
10074 
10075     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
10076   }
10077 
10078   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
10079     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
10080     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10081 
10082     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
10083       return VisitExpr(CCE);
10084 
10085     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10086     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10087     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10088     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
10089                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
10090          I != E; ++I) {
10091       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10092       Elts.push_back(Region);
10093       Visit(*I);
10094     }
10095 
10096     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10097     Region = Parent;
10098     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10099       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10100   }
10101 
10102   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
10103     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10104       return VisitExpr(ILE);
10105 
10106     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10107     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10108     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10109     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
10110       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
10111       if (!E) continue;
10112       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10113       Elts.push_back(Region);
10114       Visit(E);
10115     }
10116 
10117     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10118     Region = Parent;
10119     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10120       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10121   }
10122 };
10123 } // end anonymous namespace
10124 
10125 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
10126   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
10127   WorkList.push_back(E);
10128   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
10129     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
10130     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
10131   }
10132 }
10133 
10134 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
10135                               bool IsConstexpr) {
10136   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
10137   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
10138     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
10139   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
10140     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
10141   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10142 }
10143 
10144 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
10145                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
10146                                        Expr *Init) {
10147   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
10148 }
10149 
10150 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
10151                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
10152   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
10153     return;
10154   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
10155     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10156     return;
10157   }
10158   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
10159     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10160     return;
10161   }
10162   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
10163     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
10164     return;
10165   }
10166 
10167   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
10168   if (!AT)
10169     return;
10170 
10171   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
10172     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
10173     return;
10174   }
10175 
10176   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
10177 }
10178 
10179 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
10180 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
10181 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
10182 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
10183 /// parameters are complete.
10184 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
10185                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
10186   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
10187   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
10188     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
10189     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
10190     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
10191     //
10192     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
10193     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10194         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
10195                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10196       Param->setInvalidDecl();
10197       HasInvalidParm = true;
10198     }
10199 
10200     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
10201     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
10202     if (CheckParameterNames &&
10203         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10204         !Param->isImplicit() &&
10205         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10206       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10207 
10208     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
10209     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
10210     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
10211     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
10212     //   variable length array types.
10213     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
10214     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
10215     // information is added for it.
10216     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
10217 
10218     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
10219     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
10220     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
10221     // on the dtor.
10222     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
10223                                        .getCXXABI()
10224                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
10225       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
10226         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10227           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10228           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10229               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
10230               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
10231             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
10232             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
10233             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
10234           }
10235         }
10236       }
10237     }
10238 
10239     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
10240     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
10241     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
10242     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
10243     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
10244       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
10245         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
10246             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
10247   }
10248 
10249   return HasInvalidParm;
10250 }
10251 
10252 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
10253 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
10254 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
10255   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
10256   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
10257   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
10258     return;
10259 
10260   // Ignore dependent types.
10261   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
10262     return;
10263 
10264   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
10265   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
10266   if (!DestPtr) return;
10267 
10268   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
10269   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
10270   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10271   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
10272   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
10273 
10274   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
10275   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
10276   if (!SrcPtr) return;
10277   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
10278 
10279   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
10280   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
10281   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
10282   // includes 'void'.
10283   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10284 
10285   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
10286   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
10287 
10288   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
10289     << Op->getType() << T
10290     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
10291     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
10292     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
10293 }
10294 
10295 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
10296 /// array member of a struct.
10297 ///
10298 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
10299 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
10300 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
10301                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
10302   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
10303 
10304   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
10305   if (!FD) return false;
10306 
10307   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
10308   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
10309 
10310   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
10311   while (TInfo) {
10312     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
10313     // Look through typedefs.
10314     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
10315       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
10316       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
10317       continue;
10318     }
10319     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10320       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10321       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10322         return false;
10323     }
10324     break;
10325   }
10326 
10327   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10328   if (!RD) return false;
10329   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10330   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10331     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10332   }
10333 
10334   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10335   const Decl *D = FD;
10336   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10337     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10338       return false;
10339   return true;
10340 }
10341 
10342 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10343                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10344                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10345   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10346   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10347     return;
10348 
10349   const Type *EffectiveType =
10350       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10351   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10352   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10353     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10354   if (!ArrayTy)
10355     return;
10356 
10357   llvm::APSInt index;
10358   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10359     return;
10360   if (IndexNegated)
10361     index = -index;
10362 
10363   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10364   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10365     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10366   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10367     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10368 
10369   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10370     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10371     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10372       return;
10373 
10374     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10375     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10376       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10377       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10378       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10379       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10380       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10381       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10382         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10383         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10384         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10385         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10386         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10387           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10388       }
10389     }
10390 
10391     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10392       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10393     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10394       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10395 
10396     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10397     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10398     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10399     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10400     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10401       return;
10402 
10403     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10404     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10405     // code.
10406     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10407       return;
10408 
10409     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10410     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10411     // within a system header.
10412     if (ASE) {
10413       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10414           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10415       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10416         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10417             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10418         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10419           return;
10420       }
10421     }
10422 
10423     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10424     if (ASE)
10425       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10426 
10427     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10428                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10429                           << size.toString(10, true)
10430                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10431                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10432   } else {
10433     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10434     if (!ASE) {
10435       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10436       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10437     }
10438 
10439     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10440                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10441                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10442   }
10443 
10444   if (!ND) {
10445     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10446     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10447            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10448       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10449     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10450       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10451     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10452       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10453   }
10454 
10455   if (ND)
10456     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10457                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10458                           << ND->getDeclName());
10459 }
10460 
10461 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10462   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10463   while (expr) {
10464     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10465     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10466       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10467         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10468         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10469                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10470         return;
10471       }
10472       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10473         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10474         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10475           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10476                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10477         return;
10478       }
10479       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10480         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10481         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10482         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10483         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10484           case UO_AddrOf:
10485             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10486             break;
10487           case UO_Deref:
10488             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10489             break;
10490           default:
10491             return;
10492         }
10493         break;
10494       }
10495       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10496         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10497         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10498           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10499         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10500           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10501         return;
10502       }
10503       default:
10504         return;
10505     }
10506   }
10507 }
10508 
10509 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10510 
10511 namespace {
10512   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10513     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10514     VarDecl *Variable;
10515     SourceRange Range;
10516     SourceLocation Loc;
10517     bool Indirect;
10518 
10519     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
10520       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
10521       Range = e->getSourceRange();
10522     }
10523   };
10524 } // end anonymous namespace
10525 
10526 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
10527 /// a retain cycle.
10528 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10529   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
10530   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
10531   // __block and has an appropriate type.
10532   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10533     return false;
10534 
10535   owner.Variable = var;
10536   if (ref)
10537     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10538   return true;
10539 }
10540 
10541 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10542   while (true) {
10543     e = e->IgnoreParens();
10544     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
10545       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
10546       case CK_BitCast:
10547       case CK_LValueBitCast:
10548       case CK_LValueToRValue:
10549       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
10550         e = cast->getSubExpr();
10551         continue;
10552 
10553       default:
10554         return false;
10555       }
10556     }
10557 
10558     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
10559       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
10560       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10561         return false;
10562 
10563       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
10564       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
10565         return false;
10566 
10567       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10568       owner.Indirect = true;
10569       return true;
10570     }
10571 
10572     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
10573       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
10574       if (!var) return false;
10575       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
10576     }
10577 
10578     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
10579       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
10580 
10581       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
10582       e = member->getBase();
10583       continue;
10584     }
10585 
10586     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
10587       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
10588       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
10589         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
10590                                               ->IgnoreParens());
10591       if (!pre) return false;
10592       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
10593       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
10594       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
10595           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
10596             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
10597               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
10598           return false;
10599 
10600       owner.Indirect = true;
10601       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
10602         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10603         if (!owner.Variable)
10604           return false;
10605         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
10606         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
10607         return true;
10608       }
10609       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
10610                               ->getSourceExpr());
10611       continue;
10612     }
10613 
10614     // Array ivars?
10615 
10616     return false;
10617   }
10618 }
10619 
10620 namespace {
10621   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
10622     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
10623       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
10624         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
10625         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
10626     ASTContext &Context;
10627     VarDecl *Variable;
10628     Expr *Capturer;
10629     bool VarWillBeReased;
10630 
10631     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
10632       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
10633         Capturer = ref;
10634     }
10635 
10636     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
10637       if (Capturer) return;
10638       Visit(ref->getBase());
10639       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
10640         Capturer = ref;
10641     }
10642 
10643     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
10644       // Look inside nested blocks
10645       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
10646         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10647     }
10648 
10649     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
10650       if (Capturer) return;
10651       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
10652         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
10653     }
10654     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
10655       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
10656         return;
10657       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
10658       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
10659         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
10660           return;
10661         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
10662           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
10663           llvm::APSInt Value;
10664           VarWillBeReased =
10665             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
10666         }
10667       }
10668     }
10669   };
10670 } // end anonymous namespace
10671 
10672 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
10673 /// variable.
10674 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10675   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10676 
10677   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10678 
10679   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
10680   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
10681     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
10682     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
10683       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
10684       if (!e)
10685         return nullptr;
10686       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10687     }
10688   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
10689     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
10690       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
10691       if (Fn) {
10692         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
10693         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
10694           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
10695         }
10696       }
10697     }
10698   }
10699 
10700   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
10701   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
10702     return nullptr;
10703 
10704   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
10705   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10706   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
10707 }
10708 
10709 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
10710                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10711   assert(capturer);
10712   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10713 
10714   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
10715     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
10716   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
10717     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
10718 }
10719 
10720 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
10721 /// 'set'.
10722 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
10723   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
10724 
10725   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
10726   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
10727   if (str.startswith("set"))
10728     str = str.substr(3);
10729   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
10730     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
10731     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
10732       return false;
10733     str = str.substr(3);
10734   }
10735   else
10736     return false;
10737 
10738   if (str.empty()) return true;
10739   return !isLowercase(str.front());
10740 }
10741 
10742 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10743                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10744   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10745                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10746                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
10747   if (!IsMutableArray) {
10748     return None;
10749   }
10750 
10751   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10752 
10753   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
10754     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
10755   if (!MKOpt) {
10756     return None;
10757   }
10758 
10759   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10760 
10761   switch (MK) {
10762     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
10763     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
10764     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10765       return 0;
10766     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
10767       return 1;
10768 
10769     default:
10770       return None;
10771   }
10772 
10773   return None;
10774 }
10775 
10776 static
10777 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10778                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10779   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10780                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10781                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
10782   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
10783     return None;
10784   }
10785 
10786   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10787 
10788   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
10789     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
10790   if (!MKOpt) {
10791     return None;
10792   }
10793 
10794   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10795 
10796   switch (MK) {
10797     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
10798     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
10799     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
10800       return 0;
10801 
10802     default:
10803       return None;
10804   }
10805 
10806   return None;
10807 }
10808 
10809 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10810   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10811                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10812                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
10813 
10814   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10815                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10816                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
10817   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
10818     return None;
10819   }
10820 
10821   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10822 
10823   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
10824   if (!MKOpt) {
10825     return None;
10826   }
10827 
10828   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10829 
10830   switch (MK) {
10831     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
10832     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
10833     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10834     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
10835       return 0;
10836     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
10837       return 1;
10838   }
10839 
10840   return None;
10841 }
10842 
10843 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10844   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
10845     return;
10846   }
10847 
10848   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
10849 
10850   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10851       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10852       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
10853     return;
10854   }
10855 
10856   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
10857 
10858   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
10859   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
10860     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10861   }
10862 
10863   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
10864     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10865       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10866         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10867              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10868           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
10869       }
10870     }
10871   } else {
10872     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10873 
10874     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
10875       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10876     }
10877 
10878     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10879       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10880         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
10881           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
10882           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10883                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10884             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10885           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10886             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10887                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10888               << Decl->getName();
10889           }
10890         }
10891       }
10892     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10893       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10894         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
10895           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
10896           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10897                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10898             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10899           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10900                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10901             << Decl->getName();
10902         }
10903       }
10904     }
10905   }
10906 }
10907 
10908 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10909 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
10910   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
10911   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
10912     return;
10913 
10914   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
10915   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10916   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
10917     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
10918       return;
10919   } else {
10920     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
10921     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10922     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
10923     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
10924   }
10925 
10926   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
10927   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
10928     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
10929       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10930 }
10931 
10932 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10933 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
10934   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10935   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
10936     return;
10937 
10938   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
10939     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10940 }
10941 
10942 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
10943   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
10944   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
10945     return;
10946 
10947   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
10948   // location explicitly here.
10949   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
10950   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
10951 
10952   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
10953     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
10954 }
10955 
10956 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10957                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10958   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
10959   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
10960   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
10961   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10962 
10963   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
10964   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
10965   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
10966   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
10967     return false;
10968 
10969   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
10970     << (unsigned) Kind
10971     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10972     << RHS->getSourceRange();
10973 
10974   return true;
10975 }
10976 
10977 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10978                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
10979                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10980   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10981   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10982     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10983       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10984         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10985         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10986         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10987       return true;
10988     }
10989     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10990   }
10991 
10992   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10993       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10994     return true;
10995 
10996   return false;
10997 }
10998 
10999 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11000                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11001   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
11002 
11003   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11004     return false;
11005 
11006   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
11007     return true;
11008 
11009   return false;
11010 }
11011 
11012 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11013                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11014   QualType LHSType;
11015   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
11016   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
11017   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
11018     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
11019   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
11020     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11021     if (PD)
11022       LHSType = PD->getType();
11023   }
11024 
11025   if (LHSType.isNull())
11026     LHSType = LHS->getType();
11027 
11028   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
11029 
11030   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
11031     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
11032       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
11033   }
11034 
11035   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
11036     return;
11037 
11038   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
11039   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
11040     return;
11041 
11042   if (PRE) {
11043     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
11044       return;
11045     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11046     if (!PD)
11047       return;
11048 
11049     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
11050     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
11051       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
11052       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
11053       // for lifetime info.
11054       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
11055       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
11056           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
11057         return;
11058 
11059       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11060         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11061           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
11062           << RHS->getSourceRange();
11063           return;
11064         }
11065         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11066       }
11067     }
11068     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
11069       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
11070         return;
11071     }
11072   }
11073 }
11074 
11075 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
11076 
11077 namespace {
11078 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
11079                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11080                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
11081   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
11082   //
11083   // #define CALL(x)
11084   // if (condition)
11085   //   CALL(0);
11086   //
11087   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
11088     return false;
11089 
11090   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
11091   bool StmtLineInvalid;
11092   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
11093                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
11094   if (StmtLineInvalid)
11095     return false;
11096 
11097   bool BodyLineInvalid;
11098   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
11099                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
11100   if (BodyLineInvalid)
11101     return false;
11102 
11103   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
11104   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
11105     return false;
11106 
11107   return true;
11108 }
11109 } // end anonymous namespace
11110 
11111 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11112                                  const Stmt *Body,
11113                                  unsigned DiagID) {
11114   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
11115   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
11116   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
11117     return;
11118 
11119   // The body should be a null statement.
11120   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11121   if (!NBody)
11122     return;
11123 
11124   // Do the usual checks.
11125   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11126     return;
11127 
11128   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11129   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11130 }
11131 
11132 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
11133                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
11134   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
11135 
11136   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
11137   const Stmt *Body;
11138   unsigned DiagID;
11139   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
11140     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
11141     Body = FS->getBody();
11142     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
11143   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
11144     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
11145     Body = WS->getBody();
11146     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
11147   } else
11148     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
11149 
11150   // The body should be a null statement.
11151   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11152   if (!NBody)
11153     return;
11154 
11155   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
11156   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
11157     return;
11158 
11159   // Do the usual checks.
11160   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11161     return;
11162 
11163   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
11164   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
11165   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
11166   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11167   //    {
11168   //      a(i);
11169   //    }
11170   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
11171   // than for/while itself:
11172   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11173   //      a(i);
11174   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
11175   if (!ProbableTypo) {
11176     bool BodyColInvalid;
11177     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11178                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
11179                              &BodyColInvalid);
11180     if (BodyColInvalid)
11181       return;
11182 
11183     bool StmtColInvalid;
11184     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11185                              S->getLocStart(),
11186                              &StmtColInvalid);
11187     if (StmtColInvalid)
11188       return;
11189 
11190     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
11191       ProbableTypo = true;
11192   }
11193 
11194   if (ProbableTypo) {
11195     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11196     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11197   }
11198 }
11199 
11200 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
11201 
11202 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
11203 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
11204                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11205   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
11206     return;
11207 
11208   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11209     return;
11210 
11211   // Strip parens and casts away.
11212   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11213   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11214 
11215   // Check for a call expression
11216   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
11217   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
11218     return;
11219 
11220   // Check for a call to std::move
11221   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
11222   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
11223       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
11224     return;
11225 
11226   // Get argument from std::move
11227   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
11228 
11229   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11230   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11231 
11232   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
11233   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11234     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11235       return;
11236     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11237         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11238       return;
11239 
11240     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11241                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11242                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11243     return;
11244   }
11245 
11246   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
11247   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
11248   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
11249   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
11250   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
11251   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
11252   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
11253   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
11254   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
11255     return;
11256 
11257   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
11258     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11259         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11260       return;
11261 
11262     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
11263     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
11264     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
11265     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
11266   }
11267 
11268   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
11269   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
11270   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11271     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11272       return;
11273     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11274         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11275       return;
11276 
11277     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11278                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11279                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11280     return;
11281   }
11282 
11283   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
11284     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11285                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11286                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11287 }
11288 
11289 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
11290 
11291 namespace {
11292 
11293 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
11294 
11295 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
11296 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
11297   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
11298   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
11299   // underlying type.
11300   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
11301          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
11302 }
11303 
11304 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
11305 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
11306   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
11307     return false;
11308 
11309   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
11310     return false;
11311 
11312   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
11313     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
11314     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
11315     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
11316 
11317     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
11318       return false;
11319   }
11320 
11321   return true;
11322 }
11323 
11324 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11325 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11326 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11327                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11328                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11329   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11330   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11331     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11332     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11333     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11334     // Check number of base classes.
11335     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11336       return false;
11337 
11338     // Check the base classes.
11339     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11340                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11341            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11342               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11343          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11344          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11345       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11346         return false;
11347     }
11348   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11349     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11350     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11351       return false;
11352   }
11353 
11354   // Check the fields.
11355   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11356                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11357                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11358                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11359   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11360     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11361       return false;
11362   }
11363   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11364     return false;
11365 
11366   return true;
11367 }
11368 
11369 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11370 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11371 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11372                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11373                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11374   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11375   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11376     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11377 
11378   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11379     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11380         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11381         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11382 
11383     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11384       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11385         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11386         (void) Result;
11387         assert(Result);
11388         break;
11389       }
11390     }
11391     if (I == E)
11392       return false;
11393   }
11394 
11395   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11396 }
11397 
11398 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11399   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11400     return false;
11401 
11402   if (RD1->isUnion())
11403     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11404   else
11405     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11406 }
11407 
11408 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11409 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11410   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11411     return false;
11412 
11413   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11414   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11415   // layout-compatible types.
11416   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11417     return true;
11418 
11419   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11420   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11421 
11422   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11423   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11424 
11425   if (TC1 != TC2)
11426     return false;
11427 
11428   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11429     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11430                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11431                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11432   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11433     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11434       return false;
11435 
11436     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11437                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11438                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11439   }
11440 
11441   return false;
11442 }
11443 } // end anonymous namespace
11444 
11445 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11446 
11447 namespace {
11448 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11449 ///
11450 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11451 ///
11452 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11453 ///
11454 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11455 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11456                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11457   while(true) {
11458     if (!TypeExpr)
11459       return false;
11460 
11461     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11462 
11463     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11464     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11465       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11466       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11467         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11468         continue;
11469       }
11470       return false;
11471     }
11472 
11473     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11474       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11475       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11476       return true;
11477     }
11478 
11479     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11480       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11481       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11482       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11483         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11484         return true;
11485       } else
11486         return false;
11487     }
11488 
11489     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11490     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11491       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11492           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11493       bool Result;
11494       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11495         if (Result)
11496           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11497         else
11498           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11499         continue;
11500       }
11501       return false;
11502     }
11503 
11504     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11505       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11506       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11507         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11508         continue;
11509       }
11510       return false;
11511     }
11512 
11513     default:
11514       return false;
11515     }
11516   }
11517 }
11518 
11519 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
11520 ///
11521 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
11522 ///
11523 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
11524 ///
11525 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
11526 ///        kind.
11527 ///
11528 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
11529 ///
11530 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
11531 bool GetMatchingCType(
11532         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11533         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11534         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11535                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
11536         bool &FoundWrongKind,
11537         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
11538   FoundWrongKind = false;
11539 
11540   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
11541   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
11542 
11543   uint64_t MagicValue;
11544 
11545   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
11546     return false;
11547 
11548   if (VD) {
11549     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11550       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
11551         FoundWrongKind = true;
11552         return false;
11553       }
11554       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
11555       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
11556       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
11557       return true;
11558     }
11559     return false;
11560   }
11561 
11562   if (!MagicValues)
11563     return false;
11564 
11565   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11566                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
11567       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
11568   if (I == MagicValues->end())
11569     return false;
11570 
11571   TypeInfo = I->second;
11572   return true;
11573 }
11574 } // end anonymous namespace
11575 
11576 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11577                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
11578                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
11579                                       bool MustBeNull) {
11580   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
11581     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
11582         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
11583 
11584   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
11585   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
11586       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
11587 }
11588 
11589 namespace {
11590 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11591   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11592   if (!BT1)
11593     return false;
11594 
11595   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11596   if (!BT2)
11597     return false;
11598 
11599   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
11600   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
11601 
11602   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
11603          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
11604          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
11605          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
11606 }
11607 } // end anonymous namespace
11608 
11609 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
11610                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
11611   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
11612   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
11613 
11614   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
11615   bool FoundWrongKind;
11616   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
11617   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
11618                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
11619                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
11620     if (FoundWrongKind)
11621       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
11622            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
11623         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11624     return;
11625   }
11626 
11627   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
11628   if (IsPointerAttr) {
11629     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
11630     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
11631       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
11632           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
11633         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11634   }
11635   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
11636 
11637   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
11638   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
11639     return;
11640 
11641   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
11642     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
11643     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
11644                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
11645       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
11646            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
11647           << ArgumentKind->getName()
11648           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11649           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11650     }
11651     return;
11652   }
11653 
11654   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
11655   if (IsPointerAttr)
11656     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
11657 
11658   bool mismatch = false;
11659   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
11660     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11661 
11662     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
11663     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
11664     //
11665     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
11666     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
11667     if (mismatch)
11668       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11669                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
11670           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
11671         mismatch = false;
11672   } else
11673     if (IsPointerAttr)
11674       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
11675                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11676                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
11677     else
11678       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11679 
11680   if (mismatch)
11681     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
11682         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
11683         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
11684         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11685         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11686 }
11687 
11688 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
11689                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
11690   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11691 }
11692 
11693 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
11694   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
11695     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
11696     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
11697       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
11698         ND = TD;
11699     }
11700     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
11701         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
11702   }
11703   MisalignedMembers.clear();
11704 }
11705 
11706 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
11707   if (!T->isPointerType())
11708     return;
11709   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
11710       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
11711     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11712     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
11713       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
11714                           MisalignedMember(Op));
11715       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
11716           Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)
11717         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
11718     }
11719   }
11720 }
11721 
11722 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11723     Expr *E,
11724     std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, ValueDecl *, CharUnits)> Action) {
11725   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11726   while (ME && isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
11727     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
11728     if (ME->isArrow())
11729       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
11730     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11731 
11732     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
11733     bool ByteAligned = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()).isOne();
11734     if (ByteAligned) // Attribute packed does not have any effect.
11735       break;
11736 
11737     if (!ByteAligned &&
11738         (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || (MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()))) {
11739       CharUnits Alignment = std::min(Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()),
11740                                      Context.getTypeAlignInChars(BaseType));
11741       // Notify that this expression designates a member with reduced alignment
11742       Action(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11743       break;
11744     }
11745     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase());
11746   }
11747 }
11748 
11749 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
11750   using namespace std::placeholders;
11751   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11752       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
11753                      _2, _3, _4));
11754 }
11755 
11756